{"title":"Lighting \u0026 Control","description":null,"products":[{"product_id":"fluval-marine-led-light-unit-3-0-115-145cm-59w","title":"Fluval MARINE LED Light Unit 3.0 115 - 145cm 59w","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFull-spectrum reef lighting with measured brightness at depth.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Fluval MARINE LED Light Unit 3.0 115 - 145cm 59w is a 336-LED, 59-watt marine and reef fixture from Fluval's Marine 3.0 range. It runs a seven-band spectrum with Bluetooth app control, and its adjustable mounting legs extend to fit tank lengths from 115cm to 145cm. It suits larger saltwater fish-only and reef displays needing strong, even lighting across a long tank.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e336 LEDs across seven wavelength bands (400, 420, 440, 460, 480nm, a 10,000-13,000K white channel and pink) for full-spectrum coral and fish colour\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFluvalSmart Bluetooth app control: programmable 24-hour cycle (sunrise, midday, sunset, night) plus Sunny Reef, Deep Sea Glo and Colour Burst presets\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIndependent colour-channel dimming through the app; a touch-switch on the unit gives manual on\/off, blue-light and dimming control without a phone\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIP67-rated aluminium housing, designed for direct mounting above the water surface\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLEDs rated by Fluval for 50,000 hours\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe largest and highest-output fixture in the four-model Marine 3.0 range (22W, 32W, 46W, 59W)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFLED57\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBarcode\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e015561145176\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand \/ range\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFluval Marine 3.0\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e59W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLED count\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e336\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLED rated lifespan\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50,000 hours\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFits tank length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e115 - 145cm (adjustable mounting legs)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIngress protection\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP67\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpectrum\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400, 420, 440, 460, 480nm, 10,000-13,000K white, pink (7 bands)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eControl\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFluvalSmart app (Bluetooth) and manual touch-switch\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHousing\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAluminium\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitability\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSaltwater (marine \/ reef)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePerformance \/ PAR at depth\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFluval publishes centre-beam PAR and illuminance for the 59W fixture at four measured distances rather than an even 15\/30\/45\/60cm ladder, and has not published edge-of-tank readings or the mounting height used for testing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDistance from fixture\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePAR (µmol\/m²\/s)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIlluminance (lux)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8cm (3in)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e390\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e17,120\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15cm (6in)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e243\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e9,210\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30cm (12in)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e102\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4,270\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e46cm (18in)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e63\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2,580\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese are centre, direct-beam figures only. Treat the edges of a 115 - 145cm tank as receiving noticeably less light than the centre, and confirm PAR at the coral's actual position with your own meter before placing light-demanding SPS below about 30-45cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit my tank?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe mounting legs adjust to fit tank lengths from 115cm to 145cm, the top of the Marine 3.0 size range. The legs adjust for tank length, not width, so measure width separately and check clearance above the waterline and any hood before mounting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for \/ not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for: large marine fish-only and reef tanks 115 - 145cm long, keepers wanting app-based scheduling and colour control, softies and LPS corals within the tested PAR range\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNot suitable for: tanks shorter than 115cm or longer than 145cm; freshwater planted tanks (this uses Fluval's marine spectrum, not the Plant 3.0 range); SPS-heavy setups without independently confirming PAR at coral depth\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eRunning costs and noise\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAt 59W, an assumed 8-hour daily photoperiod works out to roughly 172 kWh a year; actual cost depends on your electricity rate and lighting schedule. Fluval describes the aluminium housing as providing heat dissipation but does not mention a cooling fan for this fixture, and we cannot independently confirm whether it runs fully silent.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis unit is covered by Australian Consumer Law consumer guarantees regardless of any manufacturer warranty term. We have not been able to confirm Fluval's specific manufacturer warranty period for this model in Australia from published sources, so contact us to confirm current terms before you buy. Standard courier delivery applies Australia-wide.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat tank sizes does this light fit?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe adjustable mounting legs extend to fit tank lengths from 115cm to 145cm only.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eCan I control it from my phone?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, via the free FluvalSmart app over Bluetooth for programmable cycles, colour presets and channel dimming. A touch-switch on the unit also gives manual control without the app.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eIs there PAR data for deep reef tanks?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFluval publishes centre-beam PAR at 8, 15, 30 and 46cm from the fixture (see Performance above). Edge values and PAR beyond 46cm are not published, so check deeper or wider tanks with your own meter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eIs this the biggest light in the Marine 3.0 range?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The range runs 22W, 32W, 46W and 59W; this 59W, 115 - 145cm unit is the largest and highest-output model.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHow long do the LEDs last?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFluval rates them at 50,000 hours.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWill this work over a freshwater planted tank?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is built for Fluval's marine spectrum for corals, invertebrates and marine fish. For planted freshwater tanks, Fluval sells a separate Plant 3.0 range.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Fluval","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54774146793763,"sku":"FLED57","price":489.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/fluval-marine-led-light-unit-43875395502371.webp?v=1790236364"},{"product_id":"fluval-led-plant-light-4-0","title":"Fluval LED Plant Light 4.0","description":"\u003cp\u003ePlant-growing LED with a true growth spectrum.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Fluval Plant 4.0 delivers a high-output, full-spectrum light tuned for photosynthesis, driving lush growth in planted freshwater aquariums. It's built around six LED colour bands — warm 3000K, daylight 6500K, deep 15000K, Pink, and two targeted blues (460nm and 480nm) — and every fixture in the range runs the same 7500K blended output and the same IP67-rated, splash-resistant housing. Colour, intensity, and lighting effects are controlled over Bluetooth or Wi-Fi through the FluvalConnect app, and adjustable mounting brackets let you fit the light to rimless or braced tanks of different depths.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis listing covers five sizes: 22W, 32W, 46W and 59W full-size fixtures (38–155cm of coverage between them), plus the 20W Nano for small tanks. Because these run at different LED counts and outputs, their light intensity is not identical — the tables below give Fluval's own published PAR (light intensity) and lux (brightness) readings for each size so you can match wattage to tank depth and plant demand.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy it works\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGrowth-optimised full spectrum for healthy plants\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApp control with dimming and effects\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHigh output with adjustable mounting brackets\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIP67-rated housing for splash resistance above the waterline\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eChoose Your Size\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAvailable in 22W (38–63cm), 32W (59–89cm), 46W (88–126cm), 59W (117–155cm), and the 20W Nano for small\/nano tanks. Pick the size that spans your tank's length — Fluval's coverage figures assume the light is centred over the tank.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpectrum \u0026amp; Growth Performance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAll five sizes share the same 7500K colour temperature and the same six-band spectrum recipe, but the number of LEDs in each band scales up with fixture size, which is what drives the higher PAR and lumen output on the larger units. The table below shows the LED band count Fluval publishes for each full-size variant.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSize\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e3000K\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e6500K\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e15000K\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePink\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e460nm Blue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e480nm Blue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTotal LEDs\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLumens\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e22W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e14\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e55\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e99\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1600\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e32W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e35\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e91\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e14\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e14\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e168\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2550\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e46W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e56\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e133\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e21\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e18\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e252\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3650\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e59W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e70\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e182\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e28\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e14\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e14\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e28\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e336\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4700\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFluval has not published an equivalent LED band breakdown for the 20W Nano; its listed output is 100 LEDs and 1500 lumens at 7500K.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePAR \u0026amp; Light Intensity by Size\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFluval publishes single-point PAR (PPFD) and lux readings for the 22W, 32W, 46W and 59W fixtures at four fixed distances from the light: 8cm, 15cm, 30cm and 46cm. These are reproduced below exactly as published. A few honest caveats before you use them to plan a tank: Fluval does not state whether these are centre-of-beam or edge-of-beam readings (they read as centre-beam based on how the chart is presented), does not publish a reading at 60cm, and does not state the mounting height the fixture was tested at above the water line. If your tank is deeper than 46cm, treat the trend (PAR roughly halving every doubling of distance) as a guide rather than an exact figure at depth.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSize\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e8cm\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e15cm\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e30cm\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e46cm\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e22W — PAR (lux)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e580 (26,000 lx)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e270 (14,000 lx)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e110 (5,800 lx)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60 (2,900 lx)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e32W — PAR (lux)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e640 (28,000 lx)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e290 (15,000 lx)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e120 (6,500 lx)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e70 (3,600 lx)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e46W — PAR (lux)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e700 (31,000 lx)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e310 (16,000 lx)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e130 (7,000 lx)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e80 (4,200 lx)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e59W — PAR (lux)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e750 (33,000 lx)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e320 (17,000 lx)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e140 (7,500 lx)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90 (4,500 lx)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e20W Nano:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fluval does not publish PAR or lux data for the Nano size specifically. We checked Fluval's own Nano product page and general spec listings and could not source a genuine PAR chart for this fixture — rather than estimate it from the 22W figures (a different LED count and lens, so the numbers would not be comparable), we're stating plainly that this data isn't available. If light intensity at a specific distance matters for your setup, contact us or Fluval directly before buying the Nano for a demanding planted tank.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCoverage \u0026amp; Mounting\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCoverage spans are Fluval's own figures for the length of tank each fixture is designed to sit over, using the adjustable mounting legs\/brackets included with each unit:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e22W: 38–63cm (15–24\")\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e32W: 59–89cm (23–35\")\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e46W: 88–126cm (35–49\")\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e59W: 117–155cm (46.25–61\")\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e20W Nano: sized for nano\/small tanks; fixture footprint is approximately 14.7 x 14.7cm. Fluval has not published a coverage span in cm for the Nano the way it has for the full-size range.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eControl \u0026amp; Connectivity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEvery size in the range is controlled through the free FluvalConnect app over Bluetooth or Wi-Fi, letting you set colour, brightness, sunrise\/sunset ramps, and effects, and build schedules without a separate timer. All five sizes carry an IP67 rating for splash resistance when mounted above the waterline — none of these fixtures are submersible.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpec\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e22W\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e32W\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e46W\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e59W\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e20W Nano\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFLED80\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFLED81\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAA1680\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAA1681\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFLED97\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWattage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e22W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e32W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e46W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e59W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour temperature\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7500K\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7500K\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7500K\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7500K\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7500K\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCoverage span\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e38–63cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e59–89cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e88–126cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e117–155cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003enot published\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP rating\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP67\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP67\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP67\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP67\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP67\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConnectivity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBluetooth \u0026amp; Wi-Fi\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBluetooth \u0026amp; Wi-Fi\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBluetooth \u0026amp; Wi-Fi\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBluetooth \u0026amp; Wi-Fi\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBluetooth \u0026amp; Wi-Fi\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRated lifetime\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50,000 hrs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50,000 hrs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50,000 hrs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50,000 hrs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50,000 hrs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFluval's published voltage figure for this range is 120V\/60Hz, as listed on Fluval's US specification page. If you need confirmation of the voltage\/plug configuration on the unit landing in Australia, check the rating label on the power supply before installation. Fluval does not publish an annual kWh energy-use figure for this fixture, so we haven't listed one rather than estimate it from wattage and runtime assumptions you haven't set.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAll five sizes are freshwater planted-tank fixtures; this is not a marine\/reef spectrum light.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eA Note on This Listing's Data\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe've published Fluval's PAR and lux figures exactly as they appear on Fluval's own site, at the four distances Fluval tests (8cm, 15cm, 30cm, 46cm) — we have not interpolated a 60cm reading, invented an edge-of-beam figure, or assumed a mounting height, because Fluval doesn't publish those for this fixture. For the 20W Nano, we're disclosing plainly that PAR\/lux data isn't published rather than substituting another size's numbers. If Fluval publishes fuller data in future, we'll update this listing.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Fluval","offers":[{"title":"22w","offer_id":54774146957603,"sku":"FLED80","price":266.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"32w","offer_id":55335019577635,"sku":"FLED81","price":339.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"46w","offer_id":55335019610403,"sku":"AA1680","price":413.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"59w","offer_id":55335019643171,"sku":"AA1681","price":443.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"20w (Nano)","offer_id":55335329857827,"sku":"FLED97","price":235.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/fluval-led-plant-light-4-0-43314178261283.webp?v=1790237814"},{"product_id":"fluval-led-reef-light-4-0","title":"Fluval LED Reef Light 4.0","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReef-spectrum LED lighting with a published PAR curve, not just a wattage number.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Fluval Reef 4.0 is a Bluetooth-controlled marine LED fixture built for coral growth and colour, sold in four wattages that scale to fit tanks from 38 cm to 148 cm. Every wattage runs the same spectrum and app; the difference between them is length, LED count and how much light reaches a given depth, covered in the performance table below.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReef spectrum with deep blues and actinic\u003c\/strong\u003e — a 10000–13000K white channel plus 400 nm, 420 nm, 440 nm, 460 nm, 480 nm and pink LEDs, tuned for coral growth and fluorescence rather than plant growth.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFluvalConnect app control\u003c\/strong\u003e — Bluetooth Mesh lets you program a 24-hour cycle and adjust intensity and colour from your phone.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIP67-rated housing\u003c\/strong\u003e — sealed against splash and humidity above an open-top tank.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExtendable mounting brackets\u003c\/strong\u003e — adjust to fit the tank lengths in the table below without buying a different bracket.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFour wattages, one spectrum\u003c\/strong\u003e — 22 W, 32 W, 46 W and 59 W scale the fixture to the tank rather than changing the light quality.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWattage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFits tank length\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLEDs\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLight output\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e22 W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e38.4–63 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e99\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,000 lm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFLED87\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e32 W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e58.9–88.9 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e168\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,550 lm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFLED88\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e46 W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e88.2–125.8 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e252\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2,250 lm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFLED89\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e59 W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e110.5–148.1 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e336\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2,900 lm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFLED90\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003eAll four wattages share the same spectrum, IP67 housing, FluvalConnect app control and extendable bracket system. Colour temperature is rated at 25000 K.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich wattage do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eMatch the wattage to your tank's external length, not its volume — a long shallow tank and a short deep one of the same litres need different lengths of light. The bracket on every wattage extends to cover a range, so measure your tank before ordering rather than rounding to the nearest model.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003ePerformance: PAR at depth\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003ePAR (Photosynthetically Active Radiation) is what actually reaches your corals — wattage on its own does not tell you that. Fluval publishes PAR curves for the 32 W and 46 W models, measured directly under the fixture:\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDistance below fixture\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e32 W — PAR\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e46 W — PAR\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7.6 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e450\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e460\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15.2 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e240\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30.5 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e110\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45.7 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e55\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e65\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003ePAR falls off fast — by 45.7 cm the 32 W model reads roughly a tenth of its value at 7.6 cm. For SPS and other high-light corals, keep the colony in the top third of the water column, or step up a wattage rather than running a smaller fixture close to the substrate. Fluval has not published a separate PAR curve for the 22 W or 59 W models. Expect the 22 W to track below the 32 W figures and the 59 W to track above the 46 W figures at the same distances, but treat that as an estimate, not a measured value, until Fluval publishes one.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e reef and marine fish-only-with-live-rock tanks, soft corals and LPS across all four wattages, and SPS in the upper water column on the 32 W and larger where PAR is confirmed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e freshwater planted tanks — this is a marine spectrum, not the warmer white and red spectrum a planted tank needs. Also not a substitute for supplemental lighting on tanks deeper than about 60 cm running demanding SPS, where PAR at the sand bed will be low regardless of wattage.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eRunning costs and noise\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSilent — there is no fan. Indicative running cost, based on a 10-hour reef photoperiod at 30c\/kWh:\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWattage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAnnual kWh\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eApprox. annual cost\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e22 W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e80 kWh\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$24\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e32 W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e117 kWh\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$35\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e46 W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e168 kWh\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$50\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e59 W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e215 kWh\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$65\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eAn in-tank or cable suspension bracket if you want the fixture hung above a rimless tank rather than resting on the glass. Check the mounting hardware is rated for the Reef 4.0 specifically before buying — Fluval sells a different bracket for the older 3.0 series lights that is not interchangeable.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eCovered by Fluval's manufacturer warranty of up to 4 years against defects, in addition to your rights under Australian Consumer Law. Built for 240 V \/ 50 Hz Australian mains with an AU plug. Standard parcel delivery.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhat's the difference between the four wattages?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eLength and light intensity, not spectrum — all four run the same reef-spectrum LEDs and app. Choose by your tank's external length using the specifications table above.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan I run this on a freshwater planted tank?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYou can, but it isn't built for it. The spectrum is weighted for coral colour and growth rather than plant photosynthesis; a Fluval Plant series light will do more for a planted tank per watt.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDo I need the FluvalConnect app to use it?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes — the Reef 4.0 is operated through the app rather than a physical remote or onboard buttons, so you'll need a compatible phone or tablet nearby to set up and adjust your lighting schedule.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWill this grow SPS coral?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 32 W and 46 W models deliver a measured PAR of 450–460 in the top 7.6 cm of water, which is in SPS range. Depth and coral placement matter as much as wattage — keep demanding corals high in the tank rather than relying on wattage alone.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eIs it splash-safe over an open-top tank?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the housing is IP67-rated against water, moisture and dust.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Fluval","offers":[{"title":"22w","offer_id":54774147055907,"sku":"FLED87","price":265.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"32w","offer_id":55335018397987,"sku":"FLED88","price":550.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"46w","offer_id":55335018430755,"sku":"FLED89","price":428.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"59w","offer_id":55335018463523,"sku":"FLED90","price":486.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/fluval-led-reef-light-4-0-43314170102051.webp?v=1790237814"},{"product_id":"fluval-led-aquasky-rgbw-3-0","title":"Fluval LED Aquasky RGB+W 3.0","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAn app-controlled RGB and white LED for freshwater, planted and fish-only marine tanks.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Fluval Aquasky 3.0 combines red, green and blue LEDs with two whites (4,000 K and 10,000 K; K, or kelvin, describes how warm or cool white light looks) so you can set both brightness and colour. You control it over Bluetooth and Wi-Fi (2.4 GHz) through the free FluvalConnect app for iOS and Android.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProgrammable 24 hour cycle\u003c\/strong\u003e with sunrise, midday, dusk and night settings, plus weather and special effects.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIP67 rated\u003c\/strong\u003e (a standard sealing rating against dust and water), with a glass lens and aluminium alloy frame.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlexible mounting:\u003c\/strong\u003e extendable brackets, under-canopy mounting clips, and clips for T5 or T8 retrofit kits (kits that let an LED sit where an old fluorescent tube was).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLED life\u003c\/strong\u003e rated by Fluval at 50,000 hours.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e12 W: tanks 38 to 63 cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e16 W: tanks 53 to 84 cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e21 W: tanks 75 to 106 cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e27 W: tanks 91 to 123 cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e33 W: tanks 115 to 146 cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSize shown is the range of tank lengths the brackets extend to\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eControl: Bluetooth and Wi-Fi (2.4 GHz), FluvalConnect app\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePower supply: 100 to 240 V input, 24 V output\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncluded: LED light with 2 m cord, power supply\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFluval lists the Aquasky 3.0 for freshwater, planted and fish-only marine aquariums. It is not listed by Fluval for reef tanks with corals. Measure the outside length of your tank and choose the size whose bracket range covers it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCare\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWipe the light with a damp cloth only; Fluval says not to use detergents or harsh cleaners.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSafety\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor indoor use only. Fluval says not to immerse the light, so keep it on its brackets above the water, and plug the power supply into an RCD (safety switch) protected outlet clear of splash.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYour rights under Australian Consumer Law apply. Ships by standard parcel post.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Fluval","offers":[{"title":"12w","offer_id":54774147154211,"sku":"FLED91","price":139.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"16w","offer_id":55335017906467,"sku":"FLED92","price":176.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"21w","offer_id":55335017939235,"sku":"FLED93","price":205.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"27w","offer_id":55335017972003,"sku":"FLED94","price":220.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"33w","offer_id":55335018004771,"sku":"FLED96","price":264.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/fluval-led-aquasky-rgbw-3-0-43314159681827.webp?v=1790237814"},{"product_id":"fluval-flex-led-aquasky-fresh-light-123ltr-21w","title":"Fluval Flex LED Aquasky Fresh. Light 123ltr 21w","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGenuine replacement Aquasky LED for the Fluval Flex 123 L.\u003c\/strong\u003e This is the factory freshwater lighting unit for the Fluval Flex 32.5 US Gal (123 L) aquarium — a 21 W fixture combining warm-white and full-colour RGB LEDs, controlled from the FluvalSmart app over Bluetooth. If the lamp on your Flex 123 L has failed, flooded, or lost colour control, this restores it to factory condition.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e21 W LED array\u003c\/strong\u003e — 6500K white LEDs for daytime viewing, plus independently adjustable RGB LEDs for colour and effects.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFluvalSmart app control\u003c\/strong\u003e — set colour, brightness and timing from a phone over Bluetooth; no separate controller needed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeather effects\u003c\/strong\u003e — cloud cover, thunderstorm and moonlight simulation, layered over the normal daily cycle.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e24-hour programmable cycle\u003c\/strong\u003e — sunrise-to-sunset ramping runs automatically once set.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDirect-fit replacement\u003c\/strong\u003e — genuine Fluval part, drops into the existing Flex 123 L lid with no modification.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpec\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWattage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e21 W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFits\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFluval Flex 32.5 US Gal (123 L) aquarium\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLED type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6500K white + adjustable RGB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eControl\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBluetooth via FluvalSmart app\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003eFluval does not publish a PAR-at-depth chart for the Aquasky range, so no light-intensity table is included here — this is a colour-and-viewing light rather than a dedicated plant-growth fixture. If you're growing demanding plants in a Flex 123 L, ask us about the Fluval Plant 3.0 option before assuming this will be strong enough.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit my tank?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis lamp is sized specifically for the Flex 32.5 US Gal (123 L) aquarium and its lid. It does not fit the Flex 34 L or 57 L — see our separate listings for those sizes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat's included\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe LED lamp unit only. The power supply\/transformer is not included — check yours still works before ordering; if it's the transformer that has failed rather than the lamp, that's a separate part.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSuitable for freshwater Fluval Flex 123 L tanks, including light to moderate live planted setups. Not a dedicated plant-growth light — if your tank is heavily planted with high-light species, the fixed 21 W output may be a limiting factor.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCare and maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eWipe the lens with a soft, dry cloth — do not submerge it or spray cleaner directly onto the unit. Keep the lid vents clear of salt creep or condensation build-up, which can shorten LED life.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSafety\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eMains-powered via the Flex's low-voltage transformer (240 V \/ 50 Hz AU supply). Do not operate with a damaged lens or exposed wiring, and always disconnect power before removing the lamp for cleaning or replacement.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eCovered by Fluval's standard warranty against manufacturing defects, in addition to your rights under Australian Consumer Law. Standard freight applies.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWill this fix a Flex light that won't turn on at all?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eCheck the transformer and connection first — a lamp that is completely dead, with no LEDs lighting at all, is as likely to be the power supply as the lamp itself. If individual LEDs have failed or the colours won't respond to the app, this lamp is the fix.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDoes it work with the FluvalSmart app on both iOS and Android?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the FluvalSmart app is available for both.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan I dim it without the app?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo — this fixture is controlled entirely through Bluetooth and the FluvalSmart app; there's no physical dimmer or remote.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eIs this the marine version?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. This is the freshwater Aquasky unit. The saltwater equivalent is the Fluval Marine 3.0 for Flex 123 L, sold separately.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Fluval","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54774147973411,"sku":"FLX09","price":145.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/fluval-flex-led-aquasky-fres-10135196172579-1-dq.webp?v=1790372751"},{"product_id":"red-sea-reefled-90","title":"Red Sea ReefLED 90","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCoral-growth spectrum lighting, backed by manufacturer PAR data.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Red Sea ReefLED 90 is a 90 W compact reef LED fixture combining Red Sea's Reef-Spec blue channel with an 8,000K white channel and a moonlight channel, covering a 60 x 60 cm footprint per unit. It was Red Sea's flagship compact reef light ahead of the current ReefLED G2 range and, while superseded, is still fully supported here with genuine electronics, fan, power supply, DC cable and mounting spares.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThree-channel LED array\u003c\/strong\u003e — 80 W Reef-Spec blue, 7 W 8,000K white and 3 W moonlight, mixed for a coral-growth spectrum rather than a single colour temperature.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReefBeat app control\u003c\/strong\u003e — sunrise\/sunset ramping, a 28-day lunar cycle, cloud-cover effects and an acclimation mode that steps intensity up gradually over new installs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRuns without a network\u003c\/strong\u003e — operates at its last set programme, or at 100% out of the box, if Wi-Fi isn't available.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo mounting paths\u003c\/strong\u003e — rear-wall mounting arms for tanks roughly 46–70 cm wide, or a pendant for longer runs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGenuine spares still supplied\u003c\/strong\u003e — top and bottom electronic boards, fan, power supply, DC cable and adapter tray are all separately available, so a legacy unit doesn't need to be replaced outright over one failed part.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTotal power draw\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90 W (80 W Reef-Spec blue + 7 W 8,000K white + 3 W moonlight)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFixture dimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e13.5 x 15.5 x 5.6 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCoverage per unit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60 x 60 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePower cord length\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApprox. 3 m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMounting arm tank width\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApprox. 46–70 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eControl\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRed Sea ReefBeat app, Wi-Fi\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePower supply\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e240 V \/ 50 Hz, AU plug (external power supply, DC to fixture)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGeneration\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLegacy — superseded by ReefLED G2 115\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWarranty\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24 months\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003ePAR at depth\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePoint\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePAR (µmol\/m²\/s)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWater surface, single fixture\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e500\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 cm depth, single fixture\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e150\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003eThese are Red Sea's own published figures for the ReefLED 90. Red Sea has not published a fuller centre\/edge gradient at intermediate depths for this now-legacy model — treat the 50 cm figure as a guide for mid-depth SPS placement rather than a substitute for testing your own tank with a PAR meter.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSuited to nano and mid-size reef displays around a Reefer-170-class footprint per unit, and to owners of an existing ReefLED 90 installation needing to keep it running. Not the right choice for lighting a large or SPS-dominant display from a single fixture — Red Sea's own sizing guidance calls for multiple units spaced across wider tanks, and for new large-tank builds the current ReefLED G2 115 or 170 carries the manufacturer's active support and warranty parts pipeline.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eRunning costs\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eAt a typical 8-hour daily photoperiod, 90 W draws around 0.72 kWh a day — approximately 263 kWh a year, or roughly $79 a year at a 30c\/kWh tariff. Actual cost depends on your photoperiod, dimming level and electricity rate.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eCovered by Red Sea's 24-month manufacturer warranty, in addition to your consumer guarantee rights under Australian Consumer Law. Standard parcel delivery.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eIs the ReefLED 90 still Red Sea's current model?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo — it's been superseded by the ReefLED G2 115. We stock it and its spares for existing owners rather than as a new-build recommendation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWill it run if my Wi-Fi goes down?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. It continues on its last saved ReefBeat programme, or at full intensity out of the box, without a network connection.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhat tank size does one fixture suit?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eAround a Reefer-170-class footprint per unit. Wider or deeper tanks need multiple fixtures spaced across the display rather than one unit run harder.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan I still get spare parts for it?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes — top and bottom electronic boards, fan, power supply, DC cable and mounting adapter tray are all genuine Red Sea parts, sold separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDoes it need a separate power supply?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The fixture runs on DC power delivered through an external 240 V \/ 50 Hz power supply and a DC cable, both available as spares if either fails.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"RedSea","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54774159212835,"sku":"RED700","price":1006.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/red-sea-reefled-90-10135204856099-1-dq.webp?v=1790372840"},{"product_id":"red-sea-reefled-50","title":"Red Sea ReefLED 50","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReef-tuned WiFi lighting sized for a nano tank.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Red Sea ReefLED 50 is a 50 W, app-controlled LED fixture built for MAX Nano systems and nano reef displays up to roughly 50 x 50 cm of coverage. It combines a coral-growth blue-dominant spectrum with a white channel and moonlights, run and scheduled through the Red Sea ReefBeat app. This is the first-generation ReefLED 50 — Red Sea's current equivalent nano fixture is the ReefLED G2 60, and the two share the same universal mounting arm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e50 W reef-spec LED\u003c\/strong\u003e — 40 W of coral-growing blue, 7 W of 8000K white and 3 W of moonlight, tuned for coral colour and growth rather than general viewing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReefBeat app control\u003c\/strong\u003e — sunrise, sunset, lunar cycle and an acclimation mode for settling corals in under new lighting, run over WiFi from a phone.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRoughly 500 PAR at the water surface\u003c\/strong\u003e, falling to around 100 PAR by 50 cm depth — enough intensity for SPS-dominant nano reefs in the shallower part of a nano tank's water column.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompact, focused spread\u003c\/strong\u003e — a maximum coverage of roughly 50 x 50 cm (20 x 20 in), matched to nano and MAX Nano footprints rather than spread thin over a larger tank.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMounting arms sold separately\u003c\/strong\u003e — the ReefLED 50 \/ G2 60 universal mounting arm fits rimmed nano tanks; a hanging kit is also available for rimless setups.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTotal power\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 W (40 W reef-spec blue, 7 W 8000K white, 3 W moonlight)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFixture dimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 12 x 12 x 5 cm (4.7 x 4.7 x 2 in)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaximum coverage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 50 x 50 cm (20 x 20 in)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePAR at water surface\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 500 µmol\/m²\/s\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePAR at 50 cm depth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 100 µmol\/m²\/s\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eControl\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWiFi via the Red Sea ReefBeat app (iOS and Android)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePower supply\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eExternal 24V DC adaptor from standard 240V\/50Hz household power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMounting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUniversal mounting arm or hanging kit, both sold separately\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich nano light do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe ReefLED 50 is Red Sea's first-generation nano fixture, sized for MAX Nano systems and tanks up to roughly 50 x 50 cm. It has since been superseded in Red Sea's current range by the ReefLED G2 60, a newer-generation fixture in the same footprint. The ReefLED 50 remains fully supported with spares — LED array, electronic boards and mounting hardware — and shares its universal mounting arm and hanging kit with the G2 60, so existing owners are not left without accessories if they keep or replace their unit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePerformance — PAR at depth\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDepth below fixture\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePAR (µmol\/m²\/s)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0 cm (water surface)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 500\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 100\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRed Sea has not published a full PAR-at-depth chart for the ReefLED 50 at 15, 30, 45 and 60 cm — the two figures above (surface and 50 cm) are the only depths independently documented for this model. As a rough guide, expect SPS-friendly PAR in the upper half of a typical nano tank's water column, tapering off by the 50 cm mark. For exact placement of light-hungry SPS, check with your own PAR meter rather than relying on these two points alone.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable for nano and MAX Nano reef tanks up to about 50 x 50 cm of surface coverage, including SPS-dominant setups within the shallower part of that footprint. Not intended to light a full-size display on its own — coverage and total PAR output fall away quickly outside its rated footprint, and a standard or larger tank needs a ReefLED 90\/160S or the G2 115\/170 instead.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eRunning costs\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAt 50 W and an assumed 8-hour reef photoperiod, the ReefLED 50 draws approximately 146 kWh a year. At 30c\/kWh, that's roughly $44 a year to run — actual cost depends on your own photoperiod and electricity tariff.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCovered by Red Sea's manufacturer warranty, which applies in addition to your consumer guarantee rights under Australian Consumer Law. Ships as a small parcel item; the external 24 V DC power supply and lead are included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eIs the ReefLED 50 still a good choice, or should I buy the G2 60 instead?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe ReefLED 50 is the earlier generation of the same nano-fixture footprint; the ReefLED G2 60 is Red Sea's current equivalent. Both use the same mounting arm and hanging kit, so if price or stock favours the ReefLED 50 it isn't an accessory dead-end — spares are still available for it too.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat size tank does the ReefLED 50 suit?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUp to roughly 50 x 50 cm of surface coverage — a nano or MAX Nano footprint. Larger tanks need multiple units or a bigger fixture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDo I need a separate mounting arm?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The fixture ships without mounting hardware — the ReefLED 50 \/ G2 60 universal mounting arm or the ReefLED hanging kit are sold separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eCan I run it without WiFi?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt will keep running its last saved programme without a network connection, but scheduling, ramping and the acclimation mode need the ReefBeat app over WiFi.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWill this go deep enough for a tall nano tank?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePAR falls to around 100 µmol\/m²\/s by 50 cm depth, so for anything deeper than that, expect noticeably less light reaching the substrate — check placement for light-hungry SPS at depth with your own PAR meter.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"RedSea","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54774159278371,"sku":"RED701","price":670.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/red-sea-reefled-50-107939.webp?v=1790230838"},{"product_id":"red-sea-reefled-50-g2-60-universal-mount-arm","title":"Red Sea ReefLed 50 \/ G2 60 Universal Mount Arm","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOne arm mounts both the ReefLED 50 and the newer G2 60.\u003c\/strong\u003e Red Sea's genuine universal mounting arm clamps to the rim of a nano tank and holds a ReefLED 50 or ReefLED G2 60 fixture at the correct height and angle above the water, with enough adjustment to dial in coverage and shimmer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFits two generations\u003c\/strong\u003e — the same arm mounts the first-generation ReefLED 50 and the current ReefLED G2 60, so a light upgrade doesn't force a mounting upgrade too.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRim mounting\u003c\/strong\u003e — clamps to the tank rim rather than requiring a stand or ceiling fixing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable reach and angle\u003c\/strong\u003e — positions the fixture over the display for even spread rather than a fixed, one-position mount.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGenuine Red Sea part\u003c\/strong\u003e — direct-fit factory hardware, matched to the ReefLED mounting point.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFits\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRed Sea ReefLED 50 and ReefLED G2 60\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMounting type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRim clamp, adjustable arm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSold as\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSingle arm (one per fixture)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRed Sea has not published the exact rim thickness range or arm reach in centimetres for this part — if your tank has an unusually thick rim, a euro-brace, or a rimless cabinet-mounted setup, check fit against your own tank before ordering, or consider the hanging kit instead.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit my tank?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuited to a standard glass or acrylic nano tank rim. Not a fit for a fully rimless tank with no lip to clamp onto — for that setup, the ReefLED hanging kit (ceiling suspension) is the alternative Red Sea sells for the same fixtures.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable for anyone running a ReefLED 50 or G2 60 who wants rim mounting rather than ceiling suspension, including someone upgrading from a ReefLED 50 to a G2 60 who wants to reuse their existing arm. Not suitable for rimless tanks with no mounting lip, or for the larger ReefLED G2 115\/170 fixtures, which use their own mounting hardware.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCovered by Red Sea's manufacturer warranty, in addition to your consumer guarantee rights under Australian Consumer Law. Ships as a small parcel item.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDoes one arm hold one fixture, or can it hold two?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne arm mounts one fixture. If you're running two ReefLED 50 or G2 60 units over a single tank, you'll need one arm per light.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWill this fit a rimless tank?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo — this is a rim-clamp arm. For a rimless tank, use the ReefLED hanging kit instead, which suspends the fixture from the ceiling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eCan I use this to mount a ReefLED G2 60 if I upgrade from a ReefLED 50?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. It's the same arm for both, which is exactly why Red Sea kept the mounting point unchanged between the two generations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDoes it fit the larger ReefLED 90 or G2 115\/170?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo — those larger fixtures use their own mounting arms sized to their heavier housings.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"RedSea","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54774159311139,"sku":"RED702","price":98.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/red-sea-reefled-50-g2-60-uni-43876687511843.webp?v=1790240712"},{"product_id":"red-sea-reefled-pendant-for-75-100cm-tanks-white","title":"Red Sea ReefLED Pendant for 75-100cm tanks White","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOne frame, no rim clamps, and every cable tidied into the ceiling.\u003c\/strong\u003e This white Red Sea ReefLED Pendant suspends ReefLED units above aquariums from 75–100 cm wide, giving an open, unobstructed rim and holding the lights at a fixed height and spacing instead of relying on rim clamps.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSized for 75–100 cm tanks\u003c\/strong\u003e — the smallest of Red Sea's five pendant sizes, matched to nano and standard cube-format reef tanks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCeiling-hung, not rim-clamped\u003c\/strong\u003e — frees the whole rim for feeding, aquascaping and equipment access.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eConcealed cable routing\u003c\/strong\u003e — power leads run through the frame rather than trailing across the hood or rim.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWhite finish\u003c\/strong\u003e — matches a white cabinet or ceiling rather than standing out against it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFits tank length\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e75–100 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart number\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRED707 (white)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColour\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWhite\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatible fixtures\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRed Sea ReefLED 90 and ReefLED 160S — not the smaller ReefLED G2 60\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFrame capacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 2 ReefLED fixtures\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMounting drop (light unit only, fixture-dependent)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReefLED 90: approx. 21 cm · ReefLED 160S: approx. 31 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich ReefLED Pendant do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eRed Sea makes this pendant in five lengths, each in black or white, matched to tank length rather than to a specific light count:\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTank length\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart number (Black \/ White)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e75–100 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eR35140 \/ R35141\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100–120 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eR35142 \/ R35143\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e125–150 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eR35144 \/ R35145\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e155–180 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eR35146 \/ R35147\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e180–205 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eR35148 \/ R35149\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003eMeasure your tank's external length, not the light count you're planning — the frame is built to the tank, and ReefLED units are added to it on separate adapter trays.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat's included \/ what you'll still need\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe pendant frame ships with its ceiling suspension hardware. It does not include the ReefLED light units themselves, or the adapter trays that clip each fixture into the frame — a \u003cstrong\u003eReefLED 90 Adapter Tray\u003c\/strong\u003e or \u003cstrong\u003eReefLED 160S Adapter Tray\u003c\/strong\u003e (sold separately, one per fixture) is required to mount lights onto it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit my tank?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSized for tanks 75–100 cm long. It's a ceiling-suspended frame, not a rim clamp, so check the ceiling height and joist or stud location above the aquarium rather than the rim itself. This size does not fit the compact ReefLED G2 60 — that fixture uses its own mounting arm or the separate G2 hanging kit, not this pendant.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSuitable for a rimless or low-profile nano-to-standard reef tank where you want the light held clear of the rim on a fixed, tidy frame. Not suitable for the ReefLED G2 60, and not the right choice if you're only running one light and don't need a suspended frame — a single mounting arm or the G2 hanging kit is simpler and cheaper for one fixture.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eCovered by Red Sea's manufacturer warranty, in addition to your consumer guarantee rights under Australian Consumer Law. Ships as a boxed frame kit by standard parcel delivery.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDoes this fit the ReefLED G2 60?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The pendant range is built for the ReefLED 90 and 160S. The G2 60 uses its own mounting arm or the separate ReefLED G2 hanging kit.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eAre the adapter trays included?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The pendant is the frame only — you'll need a ReefLED 90 or 160S adapter tray for each light unit, sold separately, to mount it onto the frame.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eHow many lights can I fit on this size?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eUp to 2 ReefLED fixtures on this 75–100 cm frame. You'll still need a separate adapter tray per fixture (ReefLED 90 or 160S) to mount each light onto the frame.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"RedSea","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54774159343907,"sku":"RED707","price":482.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/red-sea-reefled-pendant-for-46119454867747.webp?v=1790239294"},{"product_id":"red-sea-reefled-pendant-for-155-180cm-tanks","title":"Red Sea ReefLED Pendant for 155-180cm tanks","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHold up to four lights level, evenly spaced, with nothing on the rim.\u003c\/strong\u003e This black Red Sea ReefLED Pendant suspends ReefLED units above aquariums from 155–180 cm wide, and is built to carry up to four fixtures across the frame — the size most four-to-six-foot reef displays need once they're running more than one or two lights.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSized for 155–180 cm tanks\u003c\/strong\u003e — holds up to four ReefLED units, spaced evenly across the display.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCeiling-hung, not rim-clamped\u003c\/strong\u003e — frees the whole rim for feeding, aquascaping and equipment access, and suits peninsula as well as regular tanks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eConcealed cable routing\u003c\/strong\u003e — power leads run through the frame rather than trailing across the hood or rim.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBlack finish\u003c\/strong\u003e — a low-profile option; the same frame is also sold in white.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFits tank length\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e155–180 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart number\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRED712 (black) \/ RED713 (white)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLight capacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 4 x ReefLED 90 or 160S units\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatible fixtures\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRed Sea ReefLED 90 and ReefLED 160S — not the smaller ReefLED G2 60\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMounting drop (light unit only, fixture-dependent)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReefLED 90: approx. 21 cm · ReefLED 160S: approx. 31 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich ReefLED Pendant do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eRed Sea makes this pendant in five lengths, each in black or white, matched to tank length:\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTank length\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart number (Black \/ White)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e75–100 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eR35140 \/ R35141\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100–120 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eR35142 \/ R35143\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e125–150 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eR35144 \/ R35145 — holds up to 3 units\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e155–180 cm (this listing)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eR35146 \/ R35147 — holds up to 4 units\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e180–205 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eR35148 \/ R35149\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003eMeasure your tank's external length first, then plan light count against the frame — the frame is built to the tank, and each ReefLED unit is added on its own adapter tray.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat's included \/ what you'll still need\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe pendant frame ships with its ceiling suspension hardware. It does not include the ReefLED light units, or the adapter trays that clip each fixture into the frame — a \u003cstrong\u003eReefLED 90 Adapter Tray\u003c\/strong\u003e or \u003cstrong\u003eReefLED 160S Adapter Tray\u003c\/strong\u003e (sold separately, one per fixture) is required to mount lights onto it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit my tank?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSized for tanks 155–180 cm long. It's a ceiling-suspended frame, not a rim clamp, so check the ceiling height and joist or stud location above the aquarium rather than the rim itself — at up to four fixtures wide, confirm there's a solid fixing point spanning the full frame length before drilling. This size does not fit the compact ReefLED G2 60, which uses its own mounting arm or the separate G2 hanging kit.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSuitable for a four-to-six-foot reef display running two to four ReefLED units that wants them held level and evenly spaced without any rim clamps. Not suitable for the ReefLED G2 60, and oversized for a single-light setup — a mounting arm or the G2 hanging kit is simpler for one fixture.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eCovered by Red Sea's manufacturer warranty, in addition to your consumer guarantee rights under Australian Consumer Law. Ships as a boxed frame kit by standard parcel delivery.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eHow many ReefLED units does this pendant hold?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eUp to four, spaced evenly across the 155–180 cm frame. Fewer units can be run on the same frame with wider spacing between them.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDoes this fit the ReefLED G2 60?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The pendant range is built for the ReefLED 90 and 160S. The G2 60 uses its own mounting arm or the separate ReefLED G2 hanging kit.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eAre the adapter trays included?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The pendant is the frame only — you'll need a ReefLED 90 or 160S adapter tray for each light unit, sold separately, to mount it onto the frame.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"RedSea","offers":[{"title":"Black","offer_id":54774159376675,"sku":"RED712","price":693.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"White","offer_id":55335334117667,"sku":"RED713","price":693.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/red-sea-reefled-pendant-for-43876687577379.webp?v=1790240714"},{"product_id":"red-sea-reefled-50-hanging-kit","title":"Red Sea ReefLED 50 Hanging Kit","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGenuine Red Sea hanging kit for a rimless, arm-free install.\u003c\/strong\u003e Red Sea part R35133 suspends a ReefLED 50 (or G2 60) from the ceiling on adjustable cables — the rimless-look alternative to a rear-wall mounting arm, with cable-length adjustment as your coarse intensity control.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eField\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFits\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRed Sea ReefLED 50 and ReefLED G2 60\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManufacturer part number\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eR35133\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWhat it includes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdjustable ceiling-suspension cable kit for one fixture\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSold as\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eKit for one fixture\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFitting requirement\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSolid ceiling fixing point above the tank\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFits\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003eRed Sea ReefLED 50 and ReefLED G2 60 — genuine Red Sea part number R35133\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDetails\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCeiling suspension on adjustable cables, sold as a kit for one fixture\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRaising the light lowers PAR at the water's surface without touching the app — a simple way to soften intensity across the whole tank\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRequires a solid ceiling fixing point above the tank\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich mounting option do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose the hanging kit over the rear-wall arm when the tank sits away from a wall, when you want the fixture visually separated from the rim, or when you're running a rimless display and don't want an arm in the sightline. The arm is the simpler, cheaper option where the tank backs onto a wall.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eCovered by Red Sea's manufacturer warranty, in addition to your rights under Australian Consumer Law. Standard parcel delivery.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"RedSea","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54774159704355,"sku":"RED721","price":81.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/red-sea-reefled-50-hanging-k-43876688429347.webp?v=1790239296"},{"product_id":"red-sea-reefled-90-hanging-kit","title":"Red Sea ReefLED 90 Hanging Kit","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuspend your ReefLED 90 from the ceiling instead of the tank rim.\u003c\/strong\u003e This is Red Sea's factory hanging kit for the first-generation ReefLED 90, giving a clean, rimless-look alternative to arm mounting. The light hangs on adjustable suspension wires, so you can raise or lower it to tune coverage and intensity without touching a mounting arm or the app.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGenuine Red Sea part\u003c\/strong\u003e — factory hanging kit for the ReefLED 90.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCeiling suspension\u003c\/strong\u003e — keeps mounting hardware off the tank rim and cabinet, suited to rimless and open-top setups.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable height\u003c\/strong\u003e — raising the light is a simple, tool-free way to spread PAR more gently across the tank; lowering it concentrates intensity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit my light?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis kit fits the \u003cstrong\u003efirst-generation (G1) ReefLED 90 only.\u003c\/strong\u003e Red Sea's G2 range (ReefLED G2 60, G2 115 and G2 170) uses a separate hanging kit built for that generation's mounting adapter — the two are not interchangeable.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart name\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReefLED 90 hanging kit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFits\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReefLED 90, first generation (G1) only\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDoes not fit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReefLED G2 60, G2 115, G2 170\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMounting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCeiling-fixed, adjustable-length suspension wire per corner\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSold as\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eComplete kit — light-side adapter, suspension wires and ceiling fixings\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat's included\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003e1 x ReefLED 90 hanging kit — adapter plate, suspension wires, ceiling fixing hardware\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eNot included\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003eThe ReefLED 90 light itself\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSuited to a G1 ReefLED 90 owner moving from arm mounting to ceiling suspension, or fitting out a new rimless tank with no rim to clamp an arm onto. Not suitable for G2 lights, and not a fit for solid or low ceilings where a suspension point can't be securely anchored.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCare and maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eCheck the suspension wires and ceiling fixings periodically, particularly after any bump or knock to the light, since a mains-powered fixture hanging above an open tank depends on that fixing staying secure.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eCovered by Red Sea's manufacturer warranty on genuine spare parts, in addition to your consumer guarantee rights under Australian Consumer Law. Standard parcel delivery.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan I use this with a G2 ReefLED?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The G2 range (60, 115, 170) takes a different hanging kit sized for its own mounting adapter.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDoes raising the light reduce PAR at the substrate?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes — increasing the drop height spreads and softens intensity, the same relationship as any aquarium light moved further from the water.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDo I still need the mounting arm?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The hanging kit is an alternative to arm mounting, not an addition to it.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"RedSea","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54774159737123,"sku":"RED722","price":81.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/red-sea-reefled-90-hanging-k-43876688462115.webp?v=1790239295"},{"product_id":"red-sea-reefled-160s","title":"Red Sea ReefLED 160S","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRed Sea's most powerful reef light, built for large or deep displays.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Red Sea ReefLED 160S is the flagship fixture in Red Sea's ReefLED range: a 160 W reef-spec LED light combining a coral-growth blue channel, a balanced white channel and a dedicated moonlight channel, run and programmed through the Wi-Fi-connected ReefBeat app. Red Sea's own testing shows it holding useful PAR at 76 cm (30\") of depth from a single fixture, which puts it in range for tall SPS-dominant displays and large, deep reef tanks that smaller reef lights struggle to light through.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e160 W total output\u003c\/strong\u003e — 140 W of 23,000 K REEF-SPEC blue, 17 W of 9,000 K white, and a separate 3 W moonlight channel run independently.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStadium-shaped lens\u003c\/strong\u003e — Red Sea's patent-pending optic blends the diode array into a uniform spread rather than a visible spotty grid, and reduces glare when viewed from the side.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEven coverage per fixture\u003c\/strong\u003e — a homogeneous spread across roughly 81 x 81 cm (32 x 32\") in all three directions from a single unit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReefBeat app control\u003c\/strong\u003e — sunrise\/sunset ramping, lunar cycle, cloud simulation and a dedicated acclimation mode for introducing the light over an established reef.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClip-on visor included\u003c\/strong\u003e — cuts light spill for tanks in living spaces, plus an auto shut-off if the fixture is tilted too far.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGroupable\u003c\/strong\u003e — multiple units mount around 76 cm (30\") apart with uniformity maintained across the join.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTotal wattage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e160 W (140 W blue + 17 W white + 3 W moonlight)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpectrum\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e23,000 K REEF-SPEC blue, 9,000 K white, dedicated moonlight channel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 17.5 x 15.5 x 6.4 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCoverage per fixture\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 81 x 81 cm (32 x 32\")\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRecommended fixture spacing\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 76 cm (30\") for uniform multi-unit coverage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eControl\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWi-Fi, Red Sea ReefBeat app\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMains\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e240 V, 50 Hz, AU plug\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWater type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarine \/ reef\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePerformance — PAR by depth\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCondition\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePAR (µmol)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSingle fixture, at approx. 76 cm (30\") depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100+ PAR\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThree fixtures over a Reefer 3XL 900 (200 cm tank)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e200–350 PAR, uniform across almost the whole footprint\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRed Sea hasn't published a full single-fixture PAR curve across intermediate depths (15\/30\/45\/60 cm) the way it has for the multi-unit 3XL 900 result above — these two figures are the confirmed data points. If you're placing corals at a specific depth and want a tighter figure than \"100+ PAR at 76 cm\", a PAR meter reading on your own tank once it's installed is the reliable way to confirm, since rock placement and water clarity both shift the number from the lab figure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich one do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 160S sits at the top of Red Sea's ReefLED range, above the ReefLED 90 and ReefLED 50 — it's built for the largest and deepest displays in the lineup, including the 900 mm and 1800 mm+ tank widths. If you're lighting a shallower or narrower display, a smaller ReefLED model may be enough and will cost less to run; ask us for a comparison against your tank's dimensions before committing to the 160S if you're unsure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuited to large, deep or SPS-dominant reef displays — particularly systems around 90 cm deep or wider than a single smaller fixture can evenly cover. Not the most economical choice for a shallow nano or small display, where a smaller ReefLED model delivers enough PAR at a lower purchase price and running cost.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eRunning costs and noise\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAt 160 W and an assumed 8-hour photoperiod, that's approximately 467 kWh a year — around $140 a year at a 30c\/kWh tariff (your own rate will vary; check your electricity bill for the actual figure). The fixture is fanless, so it runs silently; heat is dissipated passively, so allow clear air space above the unit rather than mounting it inside a sealed hood.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCare and maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWipe the lens periodically to clear salt creep, which reduces light output over time if left to build up. No lamps or diffusers to replace — the LEDs themselves are rated for long service life, though Red Sea doesn't publish a specific replacement interval.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSafety\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMains-powered — run on an RCD-protected circuit, and keep the cable's drip loop below the power point to stop water tracking into the plug.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCovered by Red Sea's manufacturer warranty, in addition to your consumer guarantee rights under Australian Consumer Law. Small parcel item, ships standard.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWill one fixture cover my whole tank?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne ReefLED 160S evenly covers roughly an 81 x 81 cm footprint. For longer tanks, mount multiple units around 76 cm apart rather than trying to stretch coverage from a single fixture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDo I need the ReefBeat app to run it?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe fixture runs on its last saved programme without Wi-Fi, but scheduling, ramping, lunar cycles and remote monitoring all need a Wi-Fi connection through the ReefBeat app.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eIs the 160S too much light for a new tank?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt can be, run at full intensity — use the app's acclimation mode to ramp intensity up gradually, whether you're cycling a new display or introducing the light over an already-established reef.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHow much does it cost to run?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRoughly 467 kWh a year on an assumed 8-hour photoperiod, which is about $140 a year at a 30c\/kWh tariff — actual cost depends on your own electricity rate and photoperiod length.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat's the difference between this and the ReefLED 90?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 160S is Red Sea's highest-output fixture, built for larger and deeper displays than the 90. We haven't published a side-by-side spec comparison yet — ask us if you want help matching a model to your tank.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"RedSea","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54774159769891,"sku":"RED723","price":1592.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/red-sea-reefled-160s-894371.webp?v=1790230837"},{"product_id":"red-sea-reefled-160s-g2-hanging-kit","title":"Red Sea ReefLED 160S \/ G2 Hanging Kit","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuspends a ReefLED 160S or G2 170 from the ceiling instead of clamping it to the rim.\u003c\/strong\u003e This genuine Red Sea hanging kit gives a rimless, cable-suspended look and lets you tune the light's height — and so its intensity across the tank — without an app or a driver change.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGenuine Red Sea part\u003c\/strong\u003e — factory kit sized for the 160S\/G2 170.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCeiling suspension on adjustable cables\u003c\/strong\u003e — no rim clamp, so it works on fully rimless tanks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeight is a coarse dimming control\u003c\/strong\u003e — raise the light for gentler PAR across the whole tank, lower it for more intensity, without touching the app.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFits\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReefLED 160S, ReefLED G2 170\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMounting type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdjustable ceiling suspension (cable hanging kit)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBarcode \/ identifying number\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7290100779293\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eQuantity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSold singly, one per light\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003eRed Sea doesn't publish a maximum drop height, cable length or weight rating for this kit, so those figures aren't stated here rather than estimated — check the box or ask us before planning an unusually high or low ceiling installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich mounting system do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMounting system\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBest for\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHanging Kit (this part)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCeiling suspension, rimless display, easy height adjustment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUniversal Mounting Arm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRimmed or braced tanks, fixed clamp position\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdapter Tray for Pendant\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRed Sea MAX E \/ REEFER pendant and hanging-rail fixtures\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eFits ReefLED 160S and G2 170 only — the 50\/60 and 90\/115 units use their own hanging hardware, sized differently for their lighter weight.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eCovered by Red Sea's manufacturer warranty in addition to your consumer guarantee rights under Australian Consumer Law.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan I use this on a rimless tank?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes — that's the main reason to choose it over the rim-clamp mounting arm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDoes raising the light really change the intensity much?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes — light intensity falls off with distance, so height is an effective coarse control alongside the app's dimming.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDoes this fit the ReefLED 90?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo — the 90\/G2 115 uses its own hanging hardware.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"RedSea","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54774159900963,"sku":"RED725","price":81.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/red-sea-reefled-160s-g2-hang-43876688527651.webp?v=1790239294"},{"product_id":"red-sea-reefled-pendant-for-180-205cm-tank","title":"Red Sea ReefLED Pendant for 180-205cm tank","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe widest ReefLED frame Red Sea makes, for displays that need several lights held dead level.\u003c\/strong\u003e This black Red Sea ReefLED Pendant is the largest of the range, suspending ReefLED units above wide aquariums on a single ceiling-hung frame instead of a run of separate rim clamps.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThe widest size in the range\u003c\/strong\u003e — sized for tanks around 180–205 cm long, the largest of Red Sea's five pendant lengths.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCeiling-hung, not rim-clamped\u003c\/strong\u003e — frees the whole rim for feeding, aquascaping and equipment access, and suits peninsula as well as regular tanks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eConcealed cable routing\u003c\/strong\u003e — power leads for every fixture on the frame run back through it rather than trailing across the rim.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBlack finish\u003c\/strong\u003e — a low-profile option; the same frame is also sold in white.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFits tank length\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e180–205 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart number\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRED763 (black) \/ RED764 (white)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatible fixtures\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRed Sea ReefLED 90 and ReefLED 160S — not the smaller ReefLED G2 60\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMounting drop (light unit only, fixture-dependent)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReefLED 90: approx. 21 cm · ReefLED 160S: approx. 31 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich ReefLED Pendant do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eRed Sea makes this pendant in five lengths, each in black or white, matched to tank length:\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTank length\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart number (Black \/ White)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e75–100 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eR35140 \/ R35141\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100–120 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eR35142 \/ R35143\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e125–150 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eR35144 \/ R35145 — holds up to 3 units\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e155–180 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eR35146 \/ R35147 — holds up to 4 units\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e180–205 cm (this listing)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eR35148 \/ R35149\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003eMeasure your tank's external length before ordering. If your tank is close to either end of this frame's range, check with us first — manufacturer documentation on the exact upper limit of this largest size varies between sources, and we'd rather confirm than have you order the wrong frame.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat's included \/ what you'll still need\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe pendant frame ships with its ceiling suspension hardware. It does not include the ReefLED light units, or the adapter trays that clip each fixture into the frame — a \u003cstrong\u003eReefLED 90 Adapter Tray\u003c\/strong\u003e or \u003cstrong\u003eReefLED 160S Adapter Tray\u003c\/strong\u003e (sold separately, one per fixture) is required to mount lights onto it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit my tank?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSized for tanks around 180–205 cm long. It's a ceiling-suspended frame, not a rim clamp, so check the ceiling height and joist or stud location above the aquarium rather than the rim itself — at this width, confirm there's a solid fixing point spanning the full frame length before drilling. This size does not fit the compact ReefLED G2 60, which uses its own mounting arm or the separate G2 hanging kit.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSuitable for a large reef display running several ReefLED units across a wide or peninsula tank that needs them held level without a run of separate rim clamps. Not suitable for the ReefLED G2 60, and unnecessary for a single-light setup — a mounting arm or the G2 hanging kit is simpler and cheaper for one fixture.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eCovered by Red Sea's manufacturer warranty, in addition to your consumer guarantee rights under Australian Consumer Law. This is a large, oversized frame kit — confirm delivery access for a long boxed item when ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eIs this the largest ReefLED pendant Red Sea makes?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, of the five lengths in the range, this is the widest, covering tanks around 180–205 cm long.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDoes this fit the ReefLED G2 60?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The pendant range is built for the ReefLED 90 and 160S. The G2 60 uses its own mounting arm or the separate ReefLED G2 hanging kit.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eAre the adapter trays included?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The pendant is the frame only — you'll need a ReefLED 90 or 160S adapter tray for each light unit, sold separately, to mount it onto the frame.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"RedSea","offers":[{"title":"Black","offer_id":54774160326947,"sku":"RED763","price":784.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"White","offer_id":55335334609187,"sku":"RED764","price":784.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/red-sea-reefled-pendant-for-43876696883491.webp?v=1790239294"},{"product_id":"red-sea-reefdose-2","title":"Red Sea ReefDose 2","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAutomate two-part dosing without the daily top-up.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Red Sea ReefDose 2 is an app-controlled dosing pump with two independently scheduled heads, built to deliver reef supplements automatically and consistently throughout the day. It suits reef tanks running a two-part calcium and alkalinity program, dosing in increments as small as 0.1 mL on a schedule you set in Red Sea's ReefBeat app.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo independent dosing heads\u003c\/strong\u003e - run separate schedules for two different supplements, such as calcium and alkalinity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e0.1 mL dosing increments, +\/-0.05 mL accuracy\u003c\/strong\u003e - small, frequent doses instead of one daily spike\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUp to 24 scheduled doses per head, per day\u003c\/strong\u003e - spread dosing evenly rather than dumping it in all at once\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWi-Fi and the free ReefBeat app\u003c\/strong\u003e - schedule, adjust and monitor from your phone, no separate base unit required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThree selectable flow rates\u003c\/strong\u003e - Whisper, Regular and Turbo, to suit different dose sizes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpec\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDosing heads\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2, independently scheduled\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDosing accuracy\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e+\/-0.05 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDose range per head\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.2-1000 mL, in 0.1 mL increments\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFlow rate options\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApprox. 15 mL\/min (Whisper), 30 mL\/min (Regular), 45 mL\/min (Turbo)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSchedule granularity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 24 individually timed doses per head, per day\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDelay between heads\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdjustable, 15 seconds to 5 minutes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConnectivity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWi-Fi (2.4 GHz), Red Sea ReefBeat app - no base unit required\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100-240 V AC input, 12 V DC output, up to 10 W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions (W x D x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e13 x 10.5 x 8.5 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTubing\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 mm ID \/ 5 mm OD - Red Sea specifies TPE tubing, not silicone\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's included \/ Not included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn the box: the ReefDose 2 pump unit, power supply, mounting bracket and a measuring cylinder for calibration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNot included: dosing tubing and delivery tips, and supplement containers. You'll need a tubing kit, such as the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-reefdose-accessory-kit-blue-green\"\u003eRed Sea ReefDose Accessory Kit\u003c\/a\u003e, before you can run your first dose.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich ReefDose do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReefDose 2\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReefDose 4\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDosing heads\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTypical use\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwo-part dosing, e.g. calcium and alkalinity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA full multi-part regime, e.g. calcium, alkalinity, magnesium and trace elements\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions (W x D x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e13 x 10.5 x 8.5 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e22.5 x 10.5 x 8.5 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDose range per head\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.2-1000 mL, 0.1 mL increments\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.2-1000 mL, 0.1 mL increments\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf you're only running a two-part program, the ReefDose 2 covers it. Add a third or fourth supplement and it's time to step up to the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-reefdose-4\"\u003eRed Sea ReefDose 4\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for marine reef aquariums running scheduled supplement dosing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for two-part calcium and alkalinity programs, or any two supplements dosed on separate schedules\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNot suitable if you need more than two independently scheduled supplements - choose the four-head ReefDose 4 instead.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCare and maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCalibrate each head against the included measuring cylinder when you install new tubing or switch supplements, and recheck periodically - dosing tubing wears with use and can drift out of calibration over time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSafety\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis is a mains-powered device - connect the supplied power unit to a standard outlet, ideally through a GPO protected by an RCD, as with any aquarium electrical equipment. Reef supplements are often alkaline or corrosive: follow the supplement manufacturer's handling instructions, and route tubing so a leak drains away from electronics rather than into them.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-reefdose-accessory-kit-blue-green\"\u003eRed Sea ReefDose Accessory Kit (Blue+Green)\u003c\/a\u003e - the tubing, tips and holder your ReefDose 2 doesn't come with\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-reefdose-4\"\u003eRed Sea ReefDose 4\u003c\/a\u003e - if you outgrow two channels\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRed Sea's manual states a 24-month limited warranty on the pump, in addition to your rights under the Australian Consumer Law. Ships on standard parcel freight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDoes the ReefDose 2 need a separate controller?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo - it connects directly to your Wi-Fi and is scheduled entirely from Red Sea's free ReefBeat app; no base unit or hub is required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eCan I run four supplements from a ReefDose 2?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo - it has two independent heads. For a four-part regime, step up to the ReefDose 4.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDoes it come with tubing?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. Red Sea sells the pump and the dosing tubing separately - see the ReefDose Accessory Kit for colour-coded lines and tips.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat's the smallest dose it can deliver?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e0.2 mL per head, in 0.1 mL increments - fine enough for small nano systems as well as larger reefs.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"RedSea","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54774161342755,"sku":"RED830","price":495.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/red-sea-reefdose-2-43876697080099.webp?v=1790239294"},{"product_id":"red-sea-reefdose-4","title":"Red Sea ReefDose 4","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRun a full four-part regime from one pump.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Red Sea ReefDose 4 is an app-controlled dosing pump with four independently scheduled heads, built to automate a complete reef supplement program - calcium, alkalinity, magnesium and trace elements - from a single unit. Doses run in increments as small as 0.1 mL, scheduled from Red Sea's ReefBeat app.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFour independent dosing heads\u003c\/strong\u003e - a separate schedule for each of calcium, alkalinity, magnesium and trace elements\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e0.1 mL dosing increments, +\/-0.05 mL accuracy\u003c\/strong\u003e - small, frequent doses instead of one daily spike\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUp to 24 scheduled doses per head, per day\u003c\/strong\u003e - spread every supplement evenly across the day\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWi-Fi and the free ReefBeat app\u003c\/strong\u003e - schedule, adjust and monitor all four channels from your phone\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThree selectable flow rates\u003c\/strong\u003e - Whisper, Regular and Turbo, to suit different dose sizes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpec\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDosing heads\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4, independently scheduled\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDosing accuracy\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e+\/-0.05 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDose range per head\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.2-1000 mL, in 0.1 mL increments\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFlow rate options\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApprox. 15 mL\/min (Whisper), 30 mL\/min (Regular), 45 mL\/min (Turbo)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSchedule granularity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 24 individually timed doses per head, per day\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDelay between heads\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdjustable, 15 seconds to 5 minutes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConnectivity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWi-Fi (2.4 GHz), Red Sea ReefBeat app - no base unit required\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100-240 V AC input, 12 V DC output, up to 10 W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions (W x D x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e22.5 x 10.5 x 8.5 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTubing\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 mm ID \/ 5 mm OD - Red Sea specifies TPE tubing, not silicone\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's included \/ Not included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn the box: the ReefDose 4 pump unit, power supply, mounting bracket and a measuring cylinder for calibration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNot included: dosing tubing and delivery tips, and supplement containers. You'll need a tubing kit, such as the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-reefdose-accessory-kit-blue-green\"\u003eRed Sea ReefDose Accessory Kit\u003c\/a\u003e, before you can run your first dose.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich ReefDose do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReefDose 2\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReefDose 4\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDosing heads\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTypical use\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwo-part dosing, e.g. calcium and alkalinity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA full multi-part regime, e.g. calcium, alkalinity, magnesium and trace elements\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions (W x D x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e13 x 10.5 x 8.5 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e22.5 x 10.5 x 8.5 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDose range per head\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.2-1000 mL, 0.1 mL increments\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.2-1000 mL, 0.1 mL increments\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf you're already running four supplements, or plan to, the ReefDose 4 gives each one its own head and schedule. Only dosing two? The smaller \u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-reefdose-2\"\u003eRed Sea ReefDose 2\u003c\/a\u003e covers it for less outlay.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for full four-part dosing programs - calcium, alkalinity, magnesium and trace elements - each on an independent schedule\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for reef tanks that have outgrown a two-head doser\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNot suitable if you only run one or two supplements - the ReefDose 2 does that job without paying for heads you won't use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCare and maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRecalibrate each of the four heads against the included measuring cylinder whenever you fit new tubing or change a supplement, since tubing wears with use and dosing accuracy drifts as a result. With four lines running, label each one against your dosing chart so maintenance stays quick.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSafety\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis is a mains-powered device, so connect it through a standard GPO protected by an RCD, as with any aquarium electrical equipment. With four supplements running - often alkaline or corrosive - follow each manufacturer's handling instructions and keep the unit mounted above the dosing containers so a tubing fault drains away from the electronics.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-reefdose-accessory-kit-blue-green\"\u003eRed Sea ReefDose Accessory Kit (Blue+Green)\u003c\/a\u003e - the tubing, tips and holder your ReefDose 4 doesn't come with\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-reefdose-4-tube-holder-includes-tips\"\u003eRed Sea ReefDose 4 Tube Holder\u003c\/a\u003e - mounts all four lines above the waterline\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRed Sea's manual states a 24-month limited warranty on the pump, in addition to your rights under the Australian Consumer Law. Ships on standard parcel freight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eIs the ReefDose 4 harder to set up than the ReefDose 2?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo - it uses the same ReefBeat app and per-head scheduling; you're just configuring four channels instead of two.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eCan I dose calcium, alkalinity, magnesium and trace elements all from one unit?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes - that's exactly what the four heads are for, each running its own independent schedule.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDoes it come with tubing?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. Red Sea sells the pump and the dosing tubing separately - see the ReefDose Accessory Kit for colour-coded lines and tips.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHow many doses a day can each head run?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUp to 24 individually timed doses per head, with the delay between heads adjustable from 15 seconds to 5 minutes.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"RedSea","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54774161375523,"sku":"RED831","price":675.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/red-sea-reefdose-4-43876697375011.webp?v=1790239292"},{"product_id":"red-sea-reefdose-head-tube-hose-barbs","title":"Red Sea ReefDose Head Tube + Hose Barbs","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe wear part that keeps dosing accurate over time.\u003c\/strong\u003e This genuine Red Sea head tube with hose barbs is the peristaltic tube inside a ReefDose dosing head — the flexible section the rollers squeeze to move liquid, and the part that wears fastest.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGenuine Red Sea factory part with matching hose barbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDirect-fit peristaltic replacement for one dosing head\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRestores accurate, factory-calibrated dose volume\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill this fit my ReefDose?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The head tube is the same across the ReefDose 2 and ReefDose 4 — one tube per dosing head.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFits\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReefDose 2, ReefDose 4 (one tube per dosing head)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eManufacturer part number\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eR35344\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSold as\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSingle unit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFitting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo tools required — unclips from the head\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable when a channel is under-dosing, dosing unevenly, or the tube shows visible flattening or cracking where the rollers run. Not the fix for a head that won't turn at all — that's the gear motor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCare and maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePeristaltic tubing is a consumable. Red Sea recommends replacing it roughly once a year, more often on additives that are thick or crystallising, and recalibrating the head afterwards.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCovered by Red Sea's standard spare parts warranty against manufacturing defects, in addition to your rights under Australian Consumer Law. Standard parcel delivery.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHow often should I replace the head tube?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRoughly once a year under normal use. Thicker or crystallising additives, like some calcium or alkalinity supplements, wear the tube faster.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDo I need to recalibrate after fitting a new tube?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes — check delivered volume with the ReefDose Measuring Cylinder before trusting the schedule again.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eMy channel is under-dosing — is this the fix?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUsually, yes. A worn head tube is the most common cause of gradual under-dosing. If the head won't turn at all, replace the gear motor instead.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"RedSea","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54774161834275,"sku":"RED838","price":24.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/red-sea-reefdose-head-tube-h-43876698259747.webp?v=1790239292"},{"product_id":"red-sea-reefato-system","title":"Red Sea ReefATO System","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAutomatic top-off ends the daily evaporation top-up.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Red Sea ReefATO+ is a self-contained top-off system for reef and marine aquariums, replacing water lost to evaporation before salinity drifts. A solid-state EC sensor with titanium probes drives a variable-flow pump rated to 300 L\/h at zero head and 2.5 m of lift, throttling back to around 72 L\/h near target level. It suits any marine sump or display within that head and flow range, provided you supply the reservoir and top-off water.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSolid-state EC sensor\u003c\/strong\u003e — titanium probes with no float arm or optical window to jam, fog or scratch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAutomatic flow throttling\u003c\/strong\u003e — the pump settles to roughly 72 L\/h near target level instead of surging at full flow.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIndependent leak detector\u003c\/strong\u003e — a separate titanium probe disables Auto-Fill and stops the pump if it senses water where it shouldn't be.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBackup high-level probe\u003c\/strong\u003e — a second trip point set roughly 2.5 cm above the normal pump-off probe guards against an overfill.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReefBeat app control\u003c\/strong\u003e — level and temperature history plus fault notifications over Wi-Fi, with up to 28 days logged.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eServiceable pump\u003c\/strong\u003e — the impeller and pump head are designed to be opened and cleaned, not replaced as a sealed unit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMagnetic mounting\u003c\/strong\u003e — sensor holder and tube clips attach to glass up to 12 mm thick without drilling.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRed Sea ReefATO+ (SKU RED901)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAutomatic top-off (ATO) system for reef and marine aquariums\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWater level sensor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSolid-state EC technology, titanium probes, multi-input\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBuilt-in thermometer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAccuracy ±0.1°C, logged every 15 minutes for up to 28 days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLevel control band\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 mm between pump-on and pump-off probes; backup probe approximately 2.5 cm above the normal pump-off probe\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTop-off pump\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVariable-flow, serviceable 12 V DC pump, 4.5 cm diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePump power consumption\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6–10 W, varies with duty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePump maximum flow\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e300 L\/h at zero head\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePump maximum head\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.5 m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRegulated top-off flow\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApproximately 72 L\/h once the pump throttles down near target level\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLeak detector\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTitanium probe; disables Auto-Fill and the pump immediately on detection\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTubing supplied\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 m silicone tubing, 5 mm internal diameter, 1.5 mm wall\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCable lengths\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePump, sensor and leak-detector cables 3 m each; power-supply lead 2 m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMounting\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMagnetic bracket and sensor holder fit glass up to 12 mm; tube clips fit 4–12 mm glass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConnectivity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReefBeat app (iOS and Android) over Wi-Fi\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWater compatibility\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRO\/DI through to full-strength saltwater\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInstallation environment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndoor use only; controller is not itself waterproof\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMains input voltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot published by Red Sea for the Australian market — check the rating printed on the supplied power pack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManufacturer warranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 years from purchase; pump impeller (a wear item) covered for 6 months\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e reef and marine tanks or sumps that need evaporation top-off; systems where salinity stability matters, such as coral-heavy reef tanks; glass up to 12 mm thick, for the magnetic mount; and setups within reach of home Wi-Fi for ReefBeat notifications and logging.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e sumps needing more than 300 L\/h of make-up water or more than 2.5 m of lift from reservoir to tank; anyone wanting one unit to dose additives as well as top-off water, since this replaces evaporation only; and locations without a standard wall power outlet within 2 m of the controller. The system does not include a top-off reservoir — it pumps from a container you supply.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and Australian notes\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRed Sea covers the ReefATO+ for 2 years from the date of purchase against manufacturer defects in materials and workmanship; the pump impeller is a wear item, covered for 6 months only. This warranty applies in addition to the consumer guarantees you already hold under Australian Consumer Law, which exist regardless of any manufacturer term. The included power supply plugs into a standard AU wall outlet; Red Sea does not publish a specific mains input voltage rating for the pack on its Australian materials, so check the label printed on the unit itself before use. The controller is for indoor use only and is not waterproof, so mount it clear of splash zones. Freight-wise it is classed as a standard parcel item, not oversize or special-order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDoes the ReefATO+ include a water reservoir?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. It pumps from a container you supply. Use a sealed, food-grade container sized to at least a week of expected evaporation, placed within the pump's 2.5 m head and 300 L\/h limits.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eCan it dose anything other than top-off water?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. It replaces evaporated water only. A separate doser is needed for trace elements, buffers or any other supplement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat happens if the sensor loses contact with the water?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe unit shuts the pump down automatically. The same cutoff also trips on an abnormally long pump run, a blocked pump, a dry reservoir, or a detected leak, and requires you to resume operation via the button or app once cleared.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eIs the pump repairable if it wears out?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Red Sea designs the pump to be serviced rather than replaced whole, though the impeller itself is a wear part covered for 6 months rather than the full 2-year warranty.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHow does the backup high-level probe work?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf the normal pump-off probe fails to detect the rising water level, a second probe positioned roughly 2.5 cm higher cuts the pump before it can overfill the sump.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"RedSea","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54774162620707,"sku":"RED901","price":378.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/red-sea-reefato-system-46119455686947.webp?v=1790239296"},{"product_id":"red-sea-reef-led-g2-60","title":"Red Sea Reef LED G2 60","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA 60 W nano reef light with app-controlled spectrum and a genuine published PAR figure to plan your placement.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Red Sea ReefLED G2 60 is the second-generation update to Red Sea's compact reef LED, built for nano and small reef displays where a single puck-style fixture needs to cover the whole tank. Spectrum, intensity and scheduling are all set through the ReefBeat app rather than on the unit itself.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e60 W second-generation LED engine\u003c\/strong\u003e — wider spread than the original ReefLED G1, in the same compact puck footprint.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFully adjustable spectrum, 10,000K–23,000K at full intensity\u003c\/strong\u003e — with boosted violet, UV and a stronger 470 nm blue channel for coral fluorescence.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReefBeat app control over Wi-Fi\u003c\/strong\u003e — programmable sunrise, sunset, moon phase, five manual presets, a UV-only mode and a dedicated coral-photography setting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAcclimation mode\u003c\/strong\u003e — ramps intensity gradually when the light first goes over an established reef, rather than shocking corals with full output on day one.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompact 12 x 12 x 5 cm footprint (4.7 x 4.7 x 2 in)\u003c\/strong\u003e — sits close to the water without dominating an open-top nano.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWattage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60 W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 x 12 x 5 cm (4.7 x 4.7 x 2 in)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColour temperature range\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10,000K–23,000K, adjustable, at full intensity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eControl\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReefBeat app, Wi-Fi\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWater type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarine \/ reef\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMounting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWire suspension kit or mounting arm (sold separately)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003ePerformance: PAR by depth\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eRed Sea publishes a PAR distribution map for the ReefLED G2 60 rather than a full point-by-point table. The two figures Red Sea confirms directly under the fixture are below — we haven't interpolated the depths in between, because Red Sea hasn't published them as discrete numbers.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDepth below fixture\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePAR (µmol\/m²\/s)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWater surface (0 cm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e≈500\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e51 cm (20 in)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e≈100\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003ePAR falls off faster at the edges of the coverage area than directly underneath the fixture, and mounting height above the water changes both figures — Red Sea's own distribution map, available on their site, is the reference for edge readings and intermediate depths.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eRunning costs\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eAt 60 W and a typical 8-hour reef photoperiod, that works out to about 175 kWh a year — roughly $52 a year at a 30c\/kWh tariff. Your actual figure depends on your photoperiod and local tariff.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat's included \/ not included\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncluded:\u003c\/strong\u003e ReefLED G2 60 fixture and power supply.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot included:\u003c\/strong\u003e mounting hardware. You'll need a wire suspension kit or mounting arm, and — if you're hanging it from a Red Sea pendant bar — the matching ReefLED adapter tray. All sold separately.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e nano and small reef displays, and as one unit in a multi-fixture array over a wider tank.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e freshwater or planted setups — this is a reef-tuned spectrum, not a general planted-tank light.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eCovered by Red Sea's manufacturer warranty against defects, in addition to your rights under Australian Consumer Law. Standard shipping across Australia.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWill one ReefLED G2 60 cover my whole tank?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt's built for nano and small reef displays as a single fixture. On wider tanks, reefers typically run two or three across the length rather than relying on one unit to spread evenly edge to edge.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDoes it come with a mount?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo — the box includes the fixture and power supply only. A wire suspension kit or mounting arm is a separate purchase, so it's worth deciding on mounting before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan I run it over an established reef without stressing my corals?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes — the ReefBeat app's acclimation mode ramps intensity up gradually over a set period rather than switching straight to your target schedule.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDoes the G2 improve on the original ReefLED 60 (G1)?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eRed Sea markets the G2 as having improved optics and spread over G1 in the same footprint; we haven't independently confirmed a numeric spread figure.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"RedSea","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54774163702051,"sku":"RED1020","price":485.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/red-sea-reef-led-g2-60-43876704878883.webp?v=1790239294"},{"product_id":"red-sea-reef-led-g2-115","title":"Red Sea Reef LED G2 115","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e115 W of reef-tuned LED with a measured PAR curve, not just a wattage.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Red Sea ReefLED G2 115 is the second-generation mid-size fixture in Red Sea's ReefLED range, built for standard reef displays. It runs a coral-tuned spectrum from 10,000K through to 23,000K, controlled entirely through the ReefBeat app, and improves on the first-generation ReefLED with tighter optics and better spread across the tank.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e115 W second-generation LED array\u003c\/strong\u003e — compact puck-style fixture at 15.5 × 13.5 × 5.7 cm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCoral-tuned spectrum\u003c\/strong\u003e — enhanced violet and UV wavelengths plus a boosted 470 nm blue, dialled across 10,000K to 23,000K.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReefBeat app control\u003c\/strong\u003e — WiFi-based scheduling with sunrise, sunset, moon-phase simulation and a dedicated acclimation mode.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFive manual presets\u003c\/strong\u003e — including a UV-only setting and a coral-photography mode for pulling out fluorescence in photos.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eImproved spread over G1\u003c\/strong\u003e — the G2 optics deliver more even coverage across the same footprint as the original ReefLED 90.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMounting sold separately\u003c\/strong\u003e — wire suspension kit, mounting arm and clip-on visor are all optional extras, not included in the box.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpec\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower consumption\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e115 W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFixture dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15.5 × 13.5 × 5.7 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour temperature range\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10,000K–23,000K\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eControl\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWiFi, ReefBeat app\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGeneration\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eG2 (second generation)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU \/ barcode\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRED1021 \/ 7290116397092\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003eVoltage, IP rating and cable length aren't published on Red Sea's specification pages for this fixture — we're not printing a guess here; check the box or manual for those figures if they matter for your install (an IP-rated ceiling mount, for instance).\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003ePerformance at depth — PAR\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003ePAR (photosynthetically active radiation) is what corals actually respond to, and it falls off sharply with water depth. Red Sea's own measurement, taken 21 cm above the centre of a 60 × 60 × 60 cm test tank, gives two points on that curve:\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDepth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePAR (µmol\/m²\/s)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSurface (0 cm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e500\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e150\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003eThat's roughly a 70% drop by 50 cm — the reason a wattage figure alone tells you almost nothing about what reaches the sand bed on anything deeper than a shallow frag tank. Red Sea doesn't publish intermediate readings at 15, 30 or 45 cm for this fixture, so we're showing the two points it does publish rather than interpolating between them.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich ReefLED do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eModel\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWattage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSurface PAR\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBest for\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReefLED G2 115\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e115 W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e500 µmol\/m²\/s\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStandard reef displays\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReefLED G2 170\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e170 W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e550 µmol\/m²\/s\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLarge or deep displays, demanding SPS\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 115 covers the footprint and depth most reef tanks are built to. Step up to the 170 for a deeper tank, a larger footprint per fixture, or SPS-dominant stocking that wants more light reaching further down.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat's included \/ not included\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncluded:\u003c\/strong\u003e ReefLED G2 115 fixture, power supply.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot included:\u003c\/strong\u003e mounting arm, wire hanging kit and clip-on visor are all sold separately — this is the light only.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSetup and use\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eConnect to WiFi through the ReefBeat app to set a lighting schedule with sunrise, sunset and moon-phase simulation, or run one of the five manual presets. Installing over an established reef, use the app's acclimation mode rather than jumping straight to a target schedule — corals adjust to a big jump in intensity slowly, or not at all.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e mixed reef and SPS displays up to around 60 cm deep, run as a standalone fixture or alongside a second unit on a wider tank.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e freshwater planted tanks — this is a reef-spectrum fixture, not a planted-tank light. Very deep displays (over roughly 60 cm) will see reduced PAR at the substrate and may be better served by the G2 170.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCompatibility, spares and supersession\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-reef-led-90-mount-arm-54-62-cm\"\u003eRed Sea ReefLED Mount Arm 54–62 cm\u003c\/a\u003e fits this fixture where a suitable-size tank calls for rim mounting rather than hanging.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eRed Sea's own ReefLED G2 manual states a 24-month manufacturer warranty from the date of original purchase, in addition to the consumer guarantees available under Australian Consumer Law. Mains-powered; runs on standard 240 V AU supply via the included power adaptor. Ships as a standard parcel item.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-reef-led-90-mount-arm-54-62-cm\"\u003eRed Sea ReefLED Mount Arm 54–62 cm\u003c\/a\u003e — for rim mounting instead of hanging, on tanks in the matching depth range.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA second ReefLED G2 115, for tanks wider than one fixture's spread.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eHow deep a tank will this cover properly?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eRed Sea's own measurement shows PAR dropping from 500 at the surface to 150 at 50 cm — plenty for most reef displays, but on anything notably deeper than that the G2 170's higher output is the safer choice.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDoes it come with a mounting arm?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The fixture ships with its power supply only; mounting arms, hanging kits and the clip-on visor are all sold separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan I control it without WiFi?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe fixture is designed around the ReefBeat app over WiFi. Five manual presets are available directly on the unit if you'd rather not connect it to a network.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhat's different between this and the original ReefLED 90?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe G2 115 is the second-generation replacement for the ReefLED 90, with improved optics and spread across the same fixture footprint and a wider colour-temperature range.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eIs the 115 or the 170 the right choice for my tank?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 115 suits standard-depth reef displays. Choose the 170 for a deeper tank, wider coverage per fixture, or SPS-heavy stocking that benefits from higher output reaching further down.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"RedSea","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54774163767587,"sku":"RED1021","price":700.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/red-sea-reef-led-g2-115-43876704977187.webp?v=1790239294"},{"product_id":"red-sea-reef-led-g2-170","title":"Red Sea Reef LED G2 170","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e170 W flagship reef LED, built for depth and demanding SPS.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Red Sea ReefLED G2 170 is the larger fixture in Red Sea's second-generation ReefLED range, aimed at deep displays and SPS-dominant systems that need light to still be doing something meaningful 60–80 cm down. It runs the same coral-tuned 10,000K–23,000K spectrum as the G2 115, through the same ReefBeat app, in a fixture built to push more of that light further into the water column.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e170 W second-generation LED array\u003c\/strong\u003e — larger optics at 18 × 16 × 6.4 cm than the G2 115, built for deeper penetration rather than just a brighter surface reading.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCoral-tuned spectrum\u003c\/strong\u003e — enhanced violet and UV wavelengths plus a boosted 470 nm blue, across 10,000K to 23,000K.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRated to 80 cm water depth\u003c\/strong\u003e — meaningfully deeper coverage than the 60 cm the G2 115 is built around.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReefBeat app control\u003c\/strong\u003e — WiFi scheduling with sunrise, sunset, moon phases and an acclimation mode for introducing it over an established reef.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFive manual presets\u003c\/strong\u003e — including UV-only and a coral-photography mode.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMounting sold separately\u003c\/strong\u003e — wire suspension, mounting arm and clip-on visor are all optional extras.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpec\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower consumption\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e170 W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFixture dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e18 × 16 × 6.4 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour temperature range\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10,000K–23,000K\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaximum rated water depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e80 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eControl\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWiFi, ReefBeat app\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGeneration\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eG2 (second generation)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU \/ barcode\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRED1022 \/ 7290116397085\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003eVoltage, IP rating and cable length aren't published on Red Sea's specification pages for this fixture — rather than guess, check the box or manual for those if they matter to your install.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003ePerformance at depth — PAR\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eRed Sea's own measurement, taken 31 cm above the centre of an 80 × 80 × 80 cm test tank, gives three points on the fixture's PAR curve:\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDepth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePAR (µmol\/m²\/s)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSurface (0 cm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e550\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e160\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e80 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e130\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003eHolding 130 µmol\/m²\/s at 80 cm is the point of the 170 — the G2 115 is measured over a shallower 60 cm tank and isn't rated for that depth at all. Red Sea's manual publishes these three points (surface, 50 cm and 80 cm) but not a full continuous curve, so we're showing what it does publish rather than interpolating further.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich ReefLED do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eModel\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWattage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSurface PAR\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBest for\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReefLED G2 115\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e115 W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e500 µmol\/m²\/s\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStandard reef displays, up to around 60 cm deep\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReefLED G2 170\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e170 W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e550 µmol\/m²\/s\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLarge or deep displays to 80 cm, demanding SPS\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003eIf the tank is a standard 45–60 cm reef display, the 115 does the job for less power draw. The 170 earns its place on anything deeper, or where SPS stocked low in the tank needs light that hasn't fallen away to nothing by the time it gets there.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat's included \/ not included\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncluded:\u003c\/strong\u003e ReefLED G2 170 fixture, power supply.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot included:\u003c\/strong\u003e mounting arm, wire hanging kit and clip-on visor are all sold separately — this is the light only.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSetup and use\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eConnect over WiFi through the ReefBeat app for a scheduled sunrise, sunset and moon-phase cycle, or run one of the five manual presets directly on the unit. On an established reef, start in the app's acclimation mode rather than switching straight to a full-intensity target schedule — the G2 170 has real output, and corals need time to adjust to it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e large, deep or SPS-dominant reef displays up to around 80 cm, run singly on a nano-to-medium footprint or paired across a wider tank.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e freshwater planted tanks. Shallow standard-depth reef displays are usually better served by the smaller G2 115 — more light than the tank needs is wasted running cost, not a benefit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eRed Sea's own ReefLED G2 manual states a 24-month manufacturer warranty from the date of original purchase, in addition to the consumer guarantees available under Australian Consumer Law. Mains-powered; runs on standard 240 V AU supply via the included power adaptor. Ships as a standard parcel item.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-reef-led-g2-115\"\u003eRed Sea ReefLED G2 115\u003c\/a\u003e — for pairing a second, lighter-output fixture across a wider tank instead of doubling up on 170s.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA second ReefLED G2 170, for wide tanks needing full-depth coverage across more than one fixture's spread.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eHow deep will this actually light properly?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eRed Sea's measurement shows 130 µmol\/m²\/s still reaching 80 cm down — genuinely usable PAR for SPS at that depth, not just a bright surface reading.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eShould I buy the 170 instead of the 115 \"to be safe\"?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eOnly if the tank is genuinely deep or SPS-dominant. On a standard 45–60 cm display the 115 delivers comparable surface PAR for less power, and the 170's extra output at depth goes to waste in a shallower tank.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDoes it come with a mounting arm?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The fixture ships with its power supply only; mounting arms, hanging kits and the clip-on visor are sold separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan two G2 170s run on one wide tank?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes — pairing fixtures is the standard way to cover a tank wider than one unit's spread, controlled together through the ReefBeat app.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhat's the maximum depth this is rated for?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eRed Sea's manual test measurement covers an 80 cm deep test tank; that's the practical depth ceiling the fixture is built and measured against.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"RedSea","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54774163833123,"sku":"RED1022","price":1225.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/red-sea-reef-led-g2-170-43876705206563.webp?v=1790239294"},{"product_id":"bioscape-bioscape-moss-terrarium-220-square-light-unit","title":"Bioscape Moss Terrarium 220 Square Light Unit","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA direct replacement for the grow light and ventilated lid on the Bioscape Moss Terrarium 220 Square.\u003c\/strong\u003e This is the same 5 W, 6500 K plant-growth LED and adjustable ventilation top the 220 Square terrarium ships with — order it to replace a lid that's cracked, lost or worn, rather than replacing the whole terrarium.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e5 W, 6500 K LED\u003c\/strong\u003e — a daylight-white plant-growth spectrum matched to moss and low-light tropical foliage, the same output fitted to a new Moss Terrarium 220 Square.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable ventilation\u003c\/strong\u003e — the lid's vents open and close to raise or lower humidity inside the terrarium, rather than being fixed at one setting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDrop-in fit\u003c\/strong\u003e — sized for the Moss Terrarium 220 Square only; the 270 Square uses a larger 10 W lid sold separately.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFits\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWattage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColour temperature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eVentilation\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBioscape Moss Terrarium 220 Square\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 W LED\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6500 K\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdjustable, humidity control\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit my terrarium?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis lid is sized specifically for the 220 Square model. The 270 Square takes a larger 10 W light unit with its own lid footprint — the two aren't interchangeable. Check the size on your terrarium's base or in your order history before buying.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSuitable as a like-for-like replacement or spare for the Moss Terrarium 220 Square's own light and lid. Not suitable for the 270 Square, and not sized to fit terrariums outside the Bioscape Moss Terrarium 220 Square line.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCare and maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eWipe the lid and vents dry if condensation builds up, and keep the LED housing free of standing water. Bioscape doesn't publish a rated globe life or replacement interval for this unit.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eCovered against manufacturing defects under Bioscape's warranty, in addition to your rights under Australian Consumer Law. Ships by standard parcel post.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWill this fit my Moss Terrarium 270 Square?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The 270 Square uses a larger 10 W light and lid, sold as its own part. This unit is sized for the 220 Square only.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDoes it come with a power adapter?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eBioscape's Moss Terrarium light units run from a USB-style adapter, sold separately as the Moss Terrarium USB Adapter.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan I run it on a timer?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo timer or dimmer function is published for this unit — moss generally does well on 8–10 hours of light a day, so a simple plug timer between the unit and its power source works well.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Bioscape","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54774334161187,"sku":"ARI27a","price":56.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/bioscape-moss-terrarium-220--10135261118755-1-dq.webp?v=1790372665"},{"product_id":"bioscape-bioscape-led-freshwater-pendant-35w","title":"Bioscape LED Freshwater Pendant 35w","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHangs above the tank on its own bracket, so nothing rests on or clips to the aquarium rim.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Bioscape LED Freshwater Pendant is a 35W, fan-cooled 6500K light designed for small freshwater aquariums, suspended clear of the water and mounted using the separately sold Bioscape LED Bracket.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e35W fan-cooled LED\u003c\/strong\u003e — actively cooled rather than passively vented, helping the fixture run reliably at full output over long photoperiods.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e6500K daylight spectrum\u003c\/strong\u003e — a white light spectrum suited to both plant growth and natural-looking viewing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSuspended mounting\u003c\/strong\u003e — hangs clear of the tank on the Bioscape LED Bracket, sold separately, rather than clipping to or resting on the rim.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWattage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColour temperature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCooling\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMounting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e35W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6500K\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFan-cooled\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuspended, via Bioscape LED Bracket (sold separately)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit my tank?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eDesigned for small freshwater aquariums. Because it's a suspended fixture rather than a clip-on or rim-mounted light, fit depends on the bracket it hangs from — see the Bioscape LED Bracket, rated to 12mm glass — rather than a glass thickness rating for the pendant itself. Bioscape hasn't published a coverage width or recommended tank size range for this fixture.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat's included \/ Not included\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIncludes the pendant light fixture. Does not include the mounting bracket — the Bioscape LED Bracket is sold separately and is required to suspend the pendant above the tank.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSuitable for small freshwater aquariums wanting an open-top, suspended light with a daylight spectrum. Not suitable as a marine or reef light — Bioscape markets this specifically as a freshwater fixture, and no PAR-at-depth data is published to confirm it can support light-demanding corals.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eRunning costs and noise\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eFan-cooled, so it isn't silent — Bioscape hasn't published a noise figure in dB. At a typical 8 hours a day, 35W works out to around 102 kWh a year, roughly $31 a year at 30c\/kWh. Bioscape hasn't published the fixture's operating voltage; check the plug pack or packaging for AU electrical ratings.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eCovered against manufacturing defects under Bioscape's warranty, in addition to your rights under Australian Consumer Law.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBioscape LED Bracket — the mounting bracket this pendant hangs from, required and not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDoes the mounting bracket come with the light?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo — the Bioscape LED Bracket is sold separately and is needed to suspend this pendant above your tank.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eIs this suitable for a marine or reef tank?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, Bioscape markets it as a freshwater fixture and doesn't publish PAR data to support reef use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eIs it silent running?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo — it's fan-cooled, though Bioscape hasn't published a noise level.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhat tank size does the 35W suit?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eBioscape hasn't published a specific tank size range; it's positioned as a small freshwater aquarium fixture. Contact us if you want help matching wattage to your tank size.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Bioscape","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54774334390563,"sku":"BIS06","price":285.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/bioscape-led-freshwater-pend-10135261348131-1-dq.webp?v=1790372666"},{"product_id":"bioscape-bioscape-super-mini-led-clamp-lamp-black-06w","title":"Bioscape Super Mini LED Clamp Lamp Black 0.6w","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNeat clip-on accent light for the smallest tanks and bowls.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Bioscape Super Mini LED Clamp Lamp is a 0.6 W clip-on LED that clamps to a rim up to about 35 cm. It runs a single white LED in a black finish — decorative accent lighting, not a plant-growth light. Bioscape does not publish a colour temperature or CRI for it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e0.6 W LED\u003c\/strong\u003e — draws almost nothing and adds negligible heat to a small bowl.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClamp-on mounting\u003c\/strong\u003e — clips to a rim up to about 35 cm, no drilling or adhesive.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBlack finish\u003c\/strong\u003e — sits low-key against a dark rim or stand.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLow-voltage lamp head\u003c\/strong\u003e — runs on a stepped-down supply, not raw mains.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFreshwater and marine rated\u003c\/strong\u003e — suits bowls and nano tanks either way.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBioscape Super Mini LED Clamp Lamp Black 0.6W\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBIS229\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBarcode\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e9327975055967\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWattage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.6 W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMounting\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eClamp \/ clip-on to rim\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended tank size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to approximately 35 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWater type suitability\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFreshwater and marine\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMains supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e240 V \/ 50 Hz, AU plug (adapter output not published)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour temperature, CRI, dimensions, cable length, IP rating, PAR\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot published by manufacturer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e nano tanks, bowls and small terrariums up to 35 cm, freshwater or marine, as accent light.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e planted or reef lighting — no PAR figure is published, and 0.6 W won't drive growth.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSafety\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMains-connected, standard 240 V \/ 50 Hz AU plug. The lamp head runs on a stepped-down, low-voltage supply; the plug pack's exact output is not published. Run 8 hours a day it uses roughly 1.8 kWh a year — about 53 cents at 30c\/kWh. No moving parts, silent running. Keep the cord clear of water.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/nicksaquariumoceanariumterrarium.com.au\/products\/seachem-algae-scraper\"\u003eSeachem Algae Scraper\u003c\/a\u003e — light grows algae film on glass over time.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/nicksaquariumoceanariumterrarium.com.au\/products\/seachem-prime-bonus-rhino-30-bonus-325-ml\"\u003eSeachem Prime\u003c\/a\u003e — worth having for every water change.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA plug-in timer, for a consistent 6–8 hour cycle.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty, support and Australian notes\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo manufacturer warranty term is published for this lamp. It remains covered by the consumer guarantees under Australian Consumer Law, in addition to any manufacturer warranty. Built for 240 V \/ 50 Hz AU mains with a standard AU plug. Ships as a small parcel on standard freight — no oversize, DG or cold-chain handling applies.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWill 0.6 W grow plants?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNot reliably — it's a decorative light, and no PAR figure is published.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat tank size does it suit?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBioscape rates it up to about 35 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDoes it run hot?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo — 0.6 W adds negligible heat to a small bowl.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat colour is the light?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA white LED; colour temperature and CRI are not published.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Bioscape","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54774340256035,"sku":"BIS229","price":27.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/bioscape-bioscape-super-mini-43179028513059.webp?v=1790230925"},{"product_id":"neo-helios-flat-nano-s3-plus-13w","title":"Neo Helios Flat Nano S3 plus 13W","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA slim 13 W clip-on LED for small freshwater and planted tanks.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Neo Helios Flat Nano S3 Plus is a 13 W full spectrum LED light (light across the colour range, for fish and plants) with a flat head that clips onto the rim of the tank and turns through 180 degrees, so you can angle the light where you want it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClip-on mount\u003c\/strong\u003e for tank glass up to 15 mm thick.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e180 degree rotation\u003c\/strong\u003e to aim the light across the tank.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUltra slim flat head\u003c\/strong\u003e that sits neatly on a nano tank.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFull spectrum LEDs\u003c\/strong\u003e, which Neo calls Life Spectrum.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePower: 13 W\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLight head: 18.5 x 7.5 cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInput: 220 to 240 V, 50 Hz\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGlass thickness: up to 15 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTank length: up to about 45 cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuited to freshwater nano tanks, low-tech planted tanks (planted tanks run without added CO2) and terrariums or paludariums (tanks that are part water, part land), up to about 45 cm long. It is not sold as a reef light and is not listed for tanks with corals.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSafety\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep the light head, power lead and plug clear of the water, and use an RCD (safety switch) protected outlet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYour rights under Australian Consumer Law apply. Ships by standard parcel post.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Neo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55242213949731,"sku":"BA8417","price":29.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/neo-helios-flat-nano-s3-plus-10268542894371-1-dq.webp?v=1790372840"},{"product_id":"neo-helios-flat-nano-s3-pro-natural-13w","title":"Neo Helios Flat Nano S3 Pro+ Natural 13W","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe brighter Pro+ version of Neo's slim 13 W clip-on nano LED.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Neo Helios Flat Nano S3 Pro+ Natural is a 13 W full spectrum LED light (light across the colour range, for fish and plants) that Neo makes as a brighter step up from the S3 Plus. The flat head clips onto the rim of the tank and turns through 180 degrees, and it runs from a simple on\/off switch.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrighter than the S3 Plus\u003c\/strong\u003e at the same 13 W.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClip-on mount\u003c\/strong\u003e for tank glass up to 15 mm thick.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e180 degree rotation\u003c\/strong\u003e to aim the light across the tank.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUltra slim flat head\u003c\/strong\u003e with a simple on\/off switch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFull spectrum LEDs\u003c\/strong\u003e, which Neo calls Life Spectrum.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePower: 13 W\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLight head: 18.5 x 7.5 cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGlass thickness: up to 15 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTank length: about 20 to 45 cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eControl: on\/off switch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuited to freshwater nano tanks, low-tech planted tanks (planted tanks run without added CO2) and terrariums or paludariums (tanks that are part water, part land), up to about 45 cm long. It is not sold as a reef light and is not listed for tanks with corals.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSafety\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep the light head, power lead and plug clear of the water, and use an RCD (safety switch) protected outlet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYour rights under Australian Consumer Law apply. Ships by standard parcel post.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Neo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55242214015267,"sku":"BA8418","price":37.5,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/neo-helios-flat-nano-s3-pro--10268542959907-1-dq.webp?v=1790372841"},{"product_id":"marina-floating-glass-thermometer","title":"Marina Floating Glass Thermometer","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA simple glass thermometer that floats or sticks to the glass.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Marina Floating Glass Thermometer is a liquid-filled glass thermometer for freshwater and marine aquariums. It's designed to float upright in the water, and comes with a suction cup so you can fix it to the inside of the glass instead if you'd rather it stayed in one spot.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDual scale\u003c\/strong\u003e — reads in both Celsius and Fahrenheit, so you can check the temperature at a glance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSafety zone band\u003c\/strong\u003e — a marked zone on the scale shows the general temperature range suited to most tropical fish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFloat or stick\u003c\/strong\u003e — works loose and floating, or held against the glass with the included suction cup.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFresh or marine\u003c\/strong\u003e — suits both freshwater and saltwater aquariums.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpec\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarina (Hagen)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLiquid-filled glass thermometer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMounting\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFloats freely, or suction-mounts to glass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eScale\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCelsius and Fahrenheit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWater type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFreshwater and saltwater\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAA3821\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHagen does not publish an exact numeric temperature range for this model — the scale carries a marked safety zone rather than printed minimum and maximum figures.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEveryday temperature checks in freshwater and marine tanks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNot a substitute for a digital controller probe if you're relying on the reading to run a heater or chiller automatically — this is a visual, check-by-eye thermometer only.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCare and maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWipe algae off the glass occasionally so the scale stays easy to read. Being glass, handle it gently — it isn't a scraper for the tank.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA digital thermometer or controller, if you want a continuously logged reading rather than a glance-and-check one.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAn algae scraper, for keeping the glass around the thermometer clean.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCovered by Marina's standard warranty against manufacturing defects, in addition to your rights under the Australian Consumer Law. Standard freight applies.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDoes it need to float, or should I stick it to the glass?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEither works. Floating is simplest; the suction cup is there if you'd rather it stayed in a fixed viewing spot.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWill it work in a saltwater tank?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes — Marina markets this thermometer for both freshwater and saltwater use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHow accurate is the safety zone marking?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt's a general guide to the range most tropical fish are kept in, not a precise reading — for critical applications, pair it with a digital thermometer.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Marina","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55242216341795,"sku":"AA3821","price":3.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/marina-floating-glass-thermo-43877843108131.webp?v=1790239539"},{"product_id":"marina-vertical-lcd-thermometer-10cm-19-30degrees","title":"Marina Vertical LCD Thermometer 10cm 19 - 30degrees","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA temperature reading you can take from across the room, with nothing inside the tank.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Marina Vertical LCD Thermometer is a 10 cm adhesive strip that sticks to the outside of the aquarium glass and reads from 19 to 30 °C. Because it mounts externally there is no suction cup to fail, nothing for a cichlid to dislodge, and no glass to break in the tank. Mounted vertically, it fits neatly in the corner of a panel rather than taking up viewing width.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReads 19 to 30 °C\u003c\/strong\u003e — covers the normal range for tropical community, marine and most planted tanks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMounts outside the glass\u003c\/strong\u003e — nothing in the water to knock loose, clean around, or break.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e10 cm vertical strip\u003c\/strong\u003e — sits in a corner of the panel instead of across the viewing area.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNothing to power or calibrate\u003c\/strong\u003e — no battery, no probe, no cable through the rim.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eBrand\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarina\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eType\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdhesive LCD strip thermometer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eOrientation\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVertical\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eLength\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eTemperature range\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e19 °C to 30 °C\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eMounting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdhesive, external glass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eWater type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFreshwater and marine\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBA9131\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMarina does not currently publish a stated accuracy or scale increment for this thermometer, so neither figure is claimed here. Treat it as an at-a-glance check rather than a laboratory reading.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill it suit my tank?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 19–30 °C range is the thing to check before you buy. A tropical community tank at 24–26 °C or a reef at 25–26 °C sits comfortably in the middle of the scale.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTwo cases fall outside it. A coldwater goldfish tank in a Brisbane winter can drop below 19 °C, and any tank in an un-airconditioned Queensland room can pass 30 °C in summer — which is exactly when you most want a number. Above or below the scale the strip simply stops giving you a reading, so if summer overheating is the problem you are trying to watch, use a digital thermometer with a wider range as well.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich Marina thermometer do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eThermometer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eMounting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eReads from\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/marina-vertical-lcd-thermometer-10cm-19-30degrees\"\u003eMarina Vertical LCD Thermometer\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdhesive, outside the glass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOutside the tank, through the glass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/marina-floating-glass-thermometer\"\u003eMarina Floating Glass Thermometer\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFree floating\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIn the water\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/marina-suction-glass-floating-thermometer\"\u003eMarina Suction Glass Floating Thermometer\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuction cup, inside the glass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIn the water\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSetup and use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eClean and dry the outside of the glass first. Adhesive strips do not stick to a salt-filmed or damp panel, and once positioned they are difficult to move without damaging the strip.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePosition it on a panel away from direct sunlight, room heaters, air conditioning vents and the aquarium light, and not directly opposite the heater. Any of those will pull the reading away from the true water temperature.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGlass aquariums running between 19 and 30 °C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTanks with boisterous fish that dislodge in-tank thermometers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA second, at-a-glance check alongside a heater's own thermostat\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eColdwater tanks that sit below 19 °C, or tanks you expect to exceed 30 °C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThick-walled or heavily insulated tanks, where the glass lags behind the water\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSituations that need an exact figure, such as acclimatising sensitive livestock or diagnosing a heater fault\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/marina-floating-glass-thermometer\"\u003eMarina Floating Glass Thermometer\u003c\/a\u003e — an in-water second opinion when the strip reading looks wrong\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/marina-black-fish-net\"\u003eMarina Black Fish Net\u003c\/a\u003e — for moving fish once temperatures are matched\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/marina-fish-net-breeder-box\"\u003eMarina Fish Net Breeder Box\u003c\/a\u003e — small volumes swing in temperature fastest and are worth watching\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/marina-airstone-2-5cm-card\"\u003eMarina Air Stone 2.5 cm\u003c\/a\u003e — extra aeration matters most as water warms and holds less oxygen\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMarina does not publish a fixed warranty term for this thermometer. Anything the manufacturer offers applies in addition to your rights under the Australian Consumer Law, which are not limited by anything stated on this page.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShips as a standard parcel item. No dangerous goods or oversize handling applies.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDoes a stick-on thermometer read the room or the water?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt reads the glass, which sits between the two. On a normal glass aquarium the glass tracks the water closely, provided the strip is not in sunlight, above a heat source, or in the path of an air conditioner.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eCan I move the strip after sticking it on?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUsually not without damaging it. Decide the position before you press it down, and clean and dry the glass first.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat happens if my tank goes above 30 °C?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe scale simply runs out and no segment lights. That is a real limitation in a Queensland summer, so pair it with a wider-range digital thermometer if overheating is your concern.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWill it work on an acrylic tank?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt will adhere, but acrylic conducts heat differently from glass and the reading is less reliable. On acrylic, an in-water thermometer is the better choice.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Marina","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55242218668323,"sku":"BA9131","price":4.75,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/marina-vertical-lcd-thermome-10268545155363-1-dq.webp?v=1790372841"},{"product_id":"marina-suction-glass-floating-thermometer","title":"Marina Suction Glass Floating Thermometer","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA glass thermometer you can fix straight to the aquarium glass.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Marina Suction Glass Floating Thermometer is a liquid-filled glass thermometer for freshwater and marine tanks, supplied with a suction cup so it can be mounted against the glass at eye level, or left to float freely if you prefer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSuction-cup mount\u003c\/strong\u003e — holds the thermometer against the glass so it doesn't drift around the tank.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDual scale\u003c\/strong\u003e — Celsius and Fahrenheit on the one glass tube.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSafety zone band\u003c\/strong\u003e — a marked zone shows the general range suited to most tropical fish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFresh or marine\u003c\/strong\u003e — suits both freshwater and saltwater setups.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpec\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarina (Hagen)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLiquid-filled glass thermometer with suction mount\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eScale\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCelsius and Fahrenheit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWater type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFreshwater and saltwater\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBA9130\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAs with Marina's other glass thermometers, Hagen doesn't publish exact minimum and maximum numeric readings for this model — the printed safety zone stands in for a numeric range.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFixed-position temperature checks where you don't want the thermometer drifting on the surface.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNot a replacement for a digital probe thermometer if you need a continuous or logged reading.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCare and maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePress the suction cup onto clean glass for the best hold, and re-wet it if it stops gripping. Wipe algae off the tube occasionally so it stays easy to read.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAn algae scraper or pad, to keep the glass around the mount clean.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA digital or LCD thermometer, if you'd like a second, continuously-displayed reading alongside this one.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCovered by Marina's standard warranty against manufacturing defects, in addition to your rights under the Australian Consumer Law. Standard freight applies.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eCan I still let it float instead of using the suction cup?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes — the suction cup is optional. Left unattached, the thermometer floats upright the same way Marina's other glass thermometers do.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eIs this the same thermometer as Marina's other floating glass thermometer?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt's the same type of liquid-filled glass thermometer from the Marina range, sold here with the suction mount included. If you're unsure which listing you need, contact us and we'll confirm stock and packaging before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWill it work in a saltwater tank?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes — it's suited to both freshwater and marine aquariums.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Marina","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55242218701091,"sku":"BA9130","price":4.5,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/marina-suction-glass-floatin-46120724594979.webp?v=1790239540"},{"product_id":"reefsense-usb-power-connector","title":"ReefSense USB Power Connector","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePower for a ReefSense probe with no controller involved.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Red Sea ReefSense USB Power Connector runs a ReefSense probe from USB power on its own, so it can report over Bluetooth through the ReefBeat app without being plugged into a ReefControl Lite or Pro. It is the accessory Red Sea specifies for using a ReefSense probe remotely — away from a controller, or before you own one at all.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is a power lead, not a controller substitute: readings taken this way display live in the app, but Red Sea does not log or trend them the way a controller-connected probe is.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFrees a probe from the controller\u003c\/strong\u003e — power it from any USB source and read it over Bluetooth instead of a ReefControl port.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGenuine Red Sea accessory\u003c\/strong\u003e — the connector Red Sea specifies for standalone ReefSense probe use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWorks with every ReefSense probe\u003c\/strong\u003e — pH \u0026amp; Temperature, Salinity \u0026amp; Temperature, ORP and Temperature all use the same USB power path.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHandy before you own a controller\u003c\/strong\u003e — check a probe or take a one-off reading without buying a ReefControl Lite or Pro first.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne ReefSense USB Power Connector. The probe itself and a USB power source are sold separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eStore SKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBA9037\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eManufacturer part number\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eR35838 (ReefSense USB-C Connector)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eType\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUSB power connector\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePowers\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAny ReefSense digital probe\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUse case\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStandalone\/remote Bluetooth power, away from a ReefControl controller\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eApp\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReefBeat — live reading, no logging in standalone mode\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWater type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarine \/ reef\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit my system?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt works with any ReefSense probe — pH \u0026amp; Temperature, Salinity \u0026amp; Temperature, ORP or Temperature — regardless of whether you own a ReefControl Lite, Pro or no controller at all. It is not required for normal use: a probe plugged into a ReefControl controller is already powered through that port. This connector is only needed when you want a probe running independently of a controller.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e spot-checking a ReefSense probe before buying a controller, running a probe remotely (a quarantine tank or frag system, for example), or powering a probe for Bluetooth-only use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e continuous logged monitoring or automation — a probe run this way is not connected to a ReefControl Lite or Pro, so it will not trend data over time or trigger ReefControl Power switching. For that, plug the probe into a controller instead.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/reefsense-temperature-probe\"\u003eRed Sea ReefSense Temperature Probe\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/reefsense-ph-temp-probe\"\u003eRed Sea ReefSense pH \u0026amp; Temperature Probe\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/reefcontrol-lite\"\u003eRed Sea ReefControl Lite\u003c\/a\u003e — for continuous, logged monitoring instead of standalone use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/reefsense-single-probe-holder\"\u003eRed Sea ReefSense Single Probe Holder\u003c\/a\u003e — mounts the probe once it is powered.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAny manufacturer warranty Red Sea offers on this accessory applies in addition to your rights under the Australian Consumer Law, which are not limited or excluded by it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShips as a standard small parcel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDo I need this to use a ReefSense probe?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo, not if the probe is plugged into a ReefControl Lite or Pro — the controller powers it through the port. This connector is only for running a probe away from a controller.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDoes a probe powered this way still log to the ReefBeat app?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt displays a live reading, but Red Sea does not log or trend it the way a controller-connected probe is, so this mode suits a quick check rather than ongoing monitoring.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhich probes does it work with?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAny ReefSense digital probe — pH \u0026amp; Temperature, Salinity \u0026amp; Temperature, ORP or standalone Temperature.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eCan I use it to try a probe before buying a controller?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes — this is one of the situations Red Sea specifies it for, powering the probe over USB so it reports over Bluetooth through the ReefBeat app without a controller in the loop.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"RedSea","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55242223288611,"sku":"BA9037","price":45.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}]},{"product_id":"reefcontrol-power-6-panel","title":"ReefControl Power 6 Panel","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLocal, app-free control for every outlet on your Power 6.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Red Sea ReefControl Power 6 Panel is an optional accessory that adds physical, backlit ON\/OFF buttons for all six outlets on a ReefControl Power 6 smart power centre, plus one master button that kills all six at once — so you can cut power at the cabinet without opening the ReefBeat app. It connects to the Power 6 unit with a 2 m data cable and draws its own power through that connection, so there's no separate plug or battery to manage.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBacklit button per outlet\u003c\/strong\u003e — six individually lit ON\/OFF buttons let you see and switch each outlet's state at a glance, from the cabinet rather than a phone.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaster ON\/OFF button\u003c\/strong\u003e — cuts or restores all six outlets together, handy for maintenance days when everything needs to come off at once.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNo separate power supply\u003c\/strong\u003e — powered entirely through its data-cable connection to the Power 6 unit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWorks alongside the ReefBeat app\u003c\/strong\u003e — local control at the panel and remote control in the app stay in sync; using one doesn't lock out the other.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eConnects to\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRed Sea ReefControl Power 6 (data cable, approx. 2 m supplied)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOutlets controlled\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6, individually, plus 1 master button\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePower source\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDrawn through the data connection to the Power 6 unit — no separate power supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eManufacturer part number\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eR35819\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFits\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBuilt specifically for the Red Sea ReefControl Power 6, sold in Australia as a 6-outlet, 2400 W-rated power centre. It is not compatible with the 8-outlet ReefControl Power 8 sold in other regions, which uses its own matching Control Panel 8. Also sold pre-fitted as part of the ReefControl Power 6 Deluxe bundle — if you already own a plain Power 6, this panel adds the same control without replacing the unit.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSuitable for any ReefControl Power 6 owner who wants local switching at the cabinet. Not a stand-alone power strip — it has no outlets of its own and does nothing without a Power 6 unit connected to it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eCovered by Red Sea's manufacturer warranty, in addition to your consumer guarantee rights under Australian Consumer Law. Ships as a small parcel item at standard rates.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDoes it work without the ReefBeat app?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes — the buttons switch outlets locally regardless of whether a phone is connected. The app gives you scheduling and remote access on top.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan I add it to a Power 6 I already own?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, it's sold as a standalone accessory that connects to an existing Power 6 unit with the supplied data cable.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWill it fit my Power 8?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo — the Power 8 (sold in some overseas markets) uses a different eight-button Control Panel 8, not this unit.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"RedSea","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55242223321379,"sku":"BA9023","price":170.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/product-20251029-775a9a371468912ae46573456e9a6162.jpg?v=1791169871"},{"product_id":"reefcontrol-power-6","title":"ReefControl Power 6","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSix outlets of app-controlled power, sized for the Australian market.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Red Sea ReefControl Power 6 is a smart power distribution unit for reef and marine tanks: six individually switched outlets rated to 2,400W combined on the Australian 240V model, run and scheduled from the ReefBeat app, with a dedicated port for the ReefControl Grounding Probe. It suits a reefer who wants their pumps, heaters and lighting switched, scheduled and monitored from one hub instead of a row of mechanical timers.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e6 individually controllable outlets\u003c\/strong\u003e — 2,400W combined rating on the Australian 240V unit, so each device can be switched, scheduled or grouped on its own.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePer-outlet power monitoring\u003c\/strong\u003e — see what each connected device is actually drawing, useful for spotting a failing pump or heater before it fails outright.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFeed mode and night mode\u003c\/strong\u003e — pause return pumps and skimmers for feeding, or step connected lighting down on a schedule, without manually flicking switches.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDirect temperature probe input\u003c\/strong\u003e — connect a temperature probe for heater backup and failure alerts independent of your main controller.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrounding probe port\u003c\/strong\u003e — a dedicated socket for the Red Sea ReefControl Grounding Probe, sold separately.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWorks with third-party equipment\u003c\/strong\u003e — any mains-powered device can be plugged in and scheduled, not just Red Sea gear.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOutlets\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6, individually controllable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTotal power rating (AU 240V model)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2,400W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e41 x 8.5 x 7.7 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePower (per outlet)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot published by Red Sea — see below\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eConnectivity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWi-Fi via ReefBeat app\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGrounding probe port\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes, probe sold separately\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eApp\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReefBeat\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003eRed Sea publishes a total combined power rating for the unit rather than a per-outlet figure — plan your heaviest single load (typically a heater or return pump) against the 2,400W total, not against an assumed even split across all six outlets.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat's included\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReefControl Power 6 unit with 6 mains outlets\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWi-Fi connectivity for ReefBeat app control\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTemperature probe input\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGrounding probe port (probe sold separately)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eNot included\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis is the standard unit — it does not include the manual control panel with individual on\/off pushbuttons. If you want physical switches at the unit as well as app control, see the ReefControl Power 6 Deluxe.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich ReefControl Power do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReefControl Power 6\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReefControl Power 6 Deluxe\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOutlets\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTotal power (AU)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2,400W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2,400W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eApp control\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eManual control panel\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes — backlit on\/off pushbutton per outlet, plus a master switch\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose the standard Power 6 if you're happy switching everything from the ReefBeat app. Choose the Deluxe if you want physical buttons at the unit too — useful during a Wi-Fi outage, or for anyone who just prefers a switch they can see and feel.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSuitable for switching and scheduling pumps, heaters, lighting and other mains-powered equipment on a reef or marine system, with or without other Red Sea equipment already installed. Not a substitute for a dedicated RCD-protected circuit, and not rated to run every outlet at once near its full 2,400W if your heaviest equipment already uses a large share of that total.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSafety\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eRun on an RCD-protected circuit. Keep drip loops on every cable entering or leaving the unit, and mount it above likely water level. Total load across all six outlets should stay within the 2,400W AU rating.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReefControl Lite\u003c\/strong\u003e — adds probe monitoring alongside the Power unit's switching.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReefControl Grounding Probe\u003c\/strong\u003e — plugs into the dedicated port to reduce stray voltage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReefControl Power 6 Deluxe\u003c\/strong\u003e — the same unit with a physical control panel, if you outgrow app-only switching.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eCovered by Red Sea's manufacturer warranty, in addition to your consumer guarantee rights under Australian Consumer Law. Standard parcel delivery.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan I run this without a ReefControl Lite or Pro hub?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. ReefControl Power operates on its own through the ReefBeat app; a ReefControl Lite or Pro hub adds probe-based monitoring and automation on top of it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWill all six outlets run at once at full load?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe unit is rated 2,400W combined across all six outlets on the Australian model — check your connected equipment's total draw against that figure rather than assuming each outlet gets an even, independent 400W.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDoes it need the grounding probe?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, it's optional. It reduces stray voltage in the tank water, which mainly shows up as noisier readings on connected probes rather than a functional problem with the Power unit itself.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan I connect more than one ReefControl Power unit?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes — up to two Power units can be linked to the one ReefBeat account for larger systems.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"RedSea","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55242223386915,"sku":"BA9022","price":565.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/reefcontrol-power-6-10268546367779-1-dq.webp?v=1790372841"},{"product_id":"reefcontrol-reefsense-port-expander","title":"ReefControl ReefSense Port Expander","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTakes a ReefControl Pro from four probes to seven.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Red Sea ReefSense 4-Port Expander adds extra, fully interchangeable ReefSense ports to a ReefControl Pro hub, so a growing reef or freshwater setup isn't capped at four probes and sensors. Any ReefSense probe — pH, temperature, salinity, ORP or the leak detector — works in any port, so there's no fixed layout to plan around.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTakes ReefControl Pro from 4 to 7 total ReefSense ports\u003c\/strong\u003e — add probes as your monitoring needs grow, rather than buying a bigger hub.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUniversal ports\u003c\/strong\u003e — any ReefSense probe type plugs into any port on the expander, no dedicated slots.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGenuine Red Sea ReefSense accessory\u003c\/strong\u003e — matched firmware and connector, no third-party adapters.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAdds\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdditional ReefSense ports, taking a ReefControl Pro to 7 total\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePort type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUniversal — accepts any ReefSense probe or sensor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFits\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eCompatible with the Red Sea ReefControl Pro only. Red Sea's own materials are explicit that it does not work with the entry-level ReefControl Lite, which has no expansion capability. Red Sea has not published the expander's own dimensions, connector type, cable length or power source on its Australian or global product pages at the time of writing — if you need those figures confirmed before ordering, ask us and we'll check with Red Sea directly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSuitable for any ReefControl Pro owner who wants to run more than four ReefSense probes at once. Not suitable for, and not compatible with, ReefControl Lite.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eCovered by Red Sea's manufacturer warranty, in addition to your consumer guarantee rights under Australian Consumer Law. Ships as a small parcel item at standard rates.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWill this work with ReefControl Lite?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Red Sea specifies the 4-Port Expander for ReefControl Pro only.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan I choose which probes go in which port?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe ports are universal, so any ReefSense probe works in any port — there's no need to plan a specific layout.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eHow many probes can I run in total with the expander fitted?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eUp to seven ReefSense probes and sensors across a ReefControl Pro with the expander connected.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"RedSea","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55242223583523,"sku":"BA9032","price":120.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/reefcontrol-reefsense-port-e-10268546564387-1-dq.webp?v=1790372841"},{"product_id":"reefcontrol-pro","title":"ReefControl Pro","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOne hub, up to seven probes, and the readings you can trust while you're at work.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Red Sea ReefControl Pro is the flagship monitoring and automation controller in Red Sea's ReefBeat ecosystem. It ships ready to read pH and temperature straight out of the box, with three more built-in ReefSense ports free for salinity, ORP or a second temperature probe as you add them — and an optional expander to take the total to seven. Everything you need to check or adjust is one tap away in the ReefBeat app, from anywhere with internet access.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat's included \/ what you'll still need\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe box contains the ReefControl Pro controller, one ReefSense pH \u0026amp; Temperature combined probe, a 4-port ReefSense connector cable (3 m), and a single probe holder. It does not include Salinity, ORP or Leak Detector probes — these are genuine ReefSense accessories, each sold separately, and you'll need the separate ReefSense 4-Port Expander if you want to run more than four probes at once. ReefControl Pro also does not switch mains-powered equipment on its own: it has two 12 V DC ports for small accessories such as cooling fans or DC dosing pumps, but pumps, heaters, lights and skimmers need the separate ReefControl Power unit to be switched through the app.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFour built-in ReefSense ports, expandable to seven\u003c\/strong\u003e — start with pH and temperature and add salinity, ORP or a second temperature probe as your setup grows.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRuns from the ReefBeat app\u003c\/strong\u003e — live readings, history, and alerts if a parameter drifts out of your set range, from any internet connection.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBluetooth-capable probe connections\u003c\/strong\u003e — probes can report wirelessly where the layout calls for it, not just by cable.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo 12 V DC device ports\u003c\/strong\u003e — power and switch small low-voltage accessories directly from the hub.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReefSense ports\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 built-in, expandable to 7 with the ReefSense 4-Port Expander (sold separately)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIncluded probe\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1x ReefSense pH \u0026amp; Temperature combined probe\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDC device ports\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2x 12 V DC, for low-voltage accessories only\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAC equipment control\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot built in — requires the separate ReefControl Power unit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eApp\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReefBeat (iOS and Android)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003epH accuracy\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e±0.05 pH, 0.01 pH precision\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTemperature accuracy\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e±0.05°C (combined probe), ±0.1°C (standalone probe)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSalinity accuracy\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e±1%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eORP accuracy\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e±30 mV, 1 mV precision\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart number\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eR35813 (Red Sea)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePower supply\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 V DC, 3.33 A (40 W max); mains input 100–240 V AC, 50\/60 Hz — works on Australian 230 V supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich ReefControl do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eReefControl Pro is the full monitoring hub with expandable ports and the accuracy figures above. If you only need to switch outlets on and off — no probes — the separate ReefControl Power range does that job without the controller. If you want a fuller probe set from day one rather than adding them over time, the ReefControl Pro Deluxe Kit bundles the Pro with additional ReefSense probes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSuitable for freshwater and marine aquarists who want centralised, app-based monitoring and are happy to add probes as their setup grows. Not a complete automation solution by itself — mains-powered equipment still needs a ReefControl Power unit to be switched through the app, and probes beyond pH\/temperature are bought separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eCovered by Red Sea's manufacturer warranty, in addition to your consumer guarantee rights under Australian Consumer Law. Red Sea's published warranty term for ReefControl Pro is 24 months from the date of original purchase. Ships as a standard parcel item.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan it turn my heater or return pump on and off?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eNot by itself. ReefControl Pro reads probes and runs the ReefBeat app; switching mains-powered equipment needs a separate ReefControl Power unit connected to it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDo I need to buy probes separately?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eOnly the pH \u0026amp; Temperature probe is included. Salinity, ORP and the Leak Detector are each sold separately as genuine ReefSense accessories.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eHow many probes can I run at once?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eFour, straight out of the box. Add the ReefSense 4-Port Expander (sold separately) to run up to seven.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eIs it suitable for freshwater tanks?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe hub and app work with any tank; which probes make sense depends on what you're monitoring — pH and temperature suit both fresh and marine setups, while salinity is a saltwater-specific parameter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"RedSea","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55242228171043,"sku":"BA9019","price":810.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/reefcontrol-pro-10268548202787-1-dq.webp?v=1790372840"},{"product_id":"reefcontrol-pro-dlx-kit","title":"ReefControl Pro DLX Kit","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA Red Sea reef controller with three probes and a leak detector in the box.\u003c\/strong\u003e The ReefControl Pro Deluxe Kit pairs the ReefControl Pro controller with ReefSense digital probes for pH and temperature, salinity and temperature, and ORP (oxidation reduction potential, a general indicator of water quality), plus a ReefSense leak detector. You read the probes, calibrate them and set alerts and automations in Red Sea's ReefBeat app.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDigital ReefSense probes\u003c\/strong\u003e plug into any free port on the controller, rather than each probe type needing its own dedicated port.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFour probe ports\u003c\/strong\u003e on the controller, expandable to seven ReefSense probes and sensors in total with the ReefSense Port Expander.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo 12 V DC outlets\u003c\/strong\u003e on the controller for switching low voltage equipment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReefBeat app\u003c\/strong\u003e for probe readings, calibration, parameter logs, notifications and automations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWorks with ReefControl Power\u003c\/strong\u003e (sold separately) to switch mains powered equipment, and the leak detector is compatible with Red Sea's ReefATO+ auto top off.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIn the box: ReefControl Pro controller, ReefSense pH and temperature probe, ReefSense salinity and temperature probe, ReefSense ORP probe, ReefSense leak detector, three single probe holders, power supply\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProbe ports: 4 on the controller, up to 7 probes and sensors in total\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOutlets: two 12 V DC\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApp: Red Sea ReefBeat\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStore SKU: BA9020\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable for marine and reef aquariums where you want round the clock monitoring of pH, salinity, temperature and ORP with alerts on your phone, and for tanks already running other Red Sea ReefBeat equipment. It does not measure alkalinity, calcium, magnesium or nutrients, so you still need test kits for those.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCare\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCalibrate the probes through the ReefBeat app as Red Sea's instructions set out, and keep probe tips clean.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSafety\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMount the controller and power supply where they cannot be splashed, and plug into an RCD (safety switch) protected outlet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYour rights under Australian Consumer Law apply. Ships by standard parcel post.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"RedSea","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55242228203811,"sku":"BA9020","price":1225.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/reefcontrol-pro-dlx-kit-10268548235555-1-dq.webp?v=1790372840"},{"product_id":"reefcontrol-lite","title":"ReefControl Lite","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReef monitoring without the price tag of a full controller.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Red Sea ReefControl Lite is the entry point into Red Sea's ReefBeat ecosystem: a two-port monitoring hub that reads pH, temperature and one other parameter of your choice, runs a 12V accessory outlet, and puts live readings, alerts and automation history on your phone. It suits a reef or marine keeper who wants proper monitoring and alerting without committing to a full-scale controller and multiple probes on day one.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo ReefSense probe ports\u003c\/strong\u003e — universal ports that accept any ReefSense probe, so you choose what to monitor rather than being locked to fixed inputs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003epH and temperature probe included\u003c\/strong\u003e — the second port is free for a salinity, ORP or leak-detection probe as your system grows.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOne 12V DC outlet\u003c\/strong\u003e — runs a cooling fan, solenoid or small utility pump, switched from the app.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReefBeat app control\u003c\/strong\u003e — live readings, calibration, alerts and logging from your phone, with Bluetooth used for probe calibration and Wi-Fi for the live app connection.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExpandable\u003c\/strong\u003e — a genuine first step into the ReefControl range rather than a dead end; add ReefSense probes as your monitoring needs grow.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReefSense probe ports\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProbe included\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003epH \u0026amp; temperature\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e12V DC outlet\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1, app-controlled\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eConnectivity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWi-Fi (ReefBeat app), Bluetooth (probe calibration)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eApp\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReefBeat\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWater type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarine \/ reef\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePower supply\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 V DC, 1.75 A (21 W max); mains input 100–240 V AC, 50\/60 Hz — works on Australian 230 V supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat's included\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReefControl Lite controller with 2-port connector cable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReefSense pH \u0026amp; temperature probe\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSingle probe holder\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003epH 7 and pH 10 calibration solutions with vials\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMounting bracket and sump\/wall brackets\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e12V power supply\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eNot included\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eReefControl Lite monitors and reads, but it does not switch mains-powered equipment on its own — for that, pair it with a ReefControl Power unit. It also doesn't ship with any probe beyond pH and temperature; salinity, ORP and leak-detection probes are sold separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich ReefControl do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eReefControl Lite covers two probes and a single 12V outlet — enough for most home reef tanks wanting core monitoring and alerts. If you're planning to run several ReefSense probes at once, or want the controller itself to switch your mains-powered equipment rather than just monitor it, ask us about the full ReefControl Pro hub and a ReefControl Power unit instead.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSuitable for a reef or marine tank that wants reliable pH and temperature monitoring with room to add a second probe later. Not the right choice if you need the controller to directly switch multiple pieces of equipment — that job belongs to ReefControl Power, run alongside or instead of the Lite.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReefControl Power 6\u003c\/strong\u003e — lets the same ecosystem switch mains-powered equipment, not just monitor it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdditional ReefSense salinity or ORP probe\u003c\/strong\u003e — fills the Lite's second port.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReefControl Grounding Probe\u003c\/strong\u003e — pairs with a ReefControl Power unit to reduce stray voltage affecting probe readings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eCovered by Red Sea's manufacturer warranty, in addition to your consumer guarantee rights under Australian Consumer Law. Standard parcel delivery.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan it run without Wi-Fi?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt needs a Wi-Fi connection for live app monitoring, alerts and remote access through ReefBeat. Probe calibration uses Bluetooth and can be done without a home network.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan I add more than two probes later?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eReefControl Lite is limited to its two built-in ports. If you need more simultaneous probes, the full ReefControl Pro hub supports expansion beyond that.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDoes it switch my heater or pump on and off?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eNot on its own — ReefControl Lite reads and alerts. To switch mains-powered equipment automatically, pair it with a ReefControl Power unit.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhat's the difference between ReefControl Lite and ReefControl Pro?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eLite is capped at two ReefSense probes and one 12V outlet, aimed at core monitoring. Pro supports more probes and deeper automation for larger or more heavily instrumented systems.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"RedSea","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55242228236579,"sku":"BA9018","price":585.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/reefcontrol-lite-10268548268323-1-dq.webp?v=1790372840"},{"product_id":"reefcontrol-power-6-deluxe","title":"ReefControl Power 6 Deluxe","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe same six outlets, with physical switches at the unit.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Red Sea ReefControl Power 6 Deluxe is the standard ReefControl Power 6 with a manual control panel added: backlit on\/off pushbuttons for each of the six outlets, plus a master switch, alongside the same 2,400W Australian rating and full ReefBeat app control. It suits anyone who wants app scheduling day to day but doesn't want to reach for a phone every time they need to kill power to a pump.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e6 individually controllable outlets\u003c\/strong\u003e — 2,400W combined rating on the Australian 240V unit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManual control panel\u003c\/strong\u003e — backlit on\/off pushbutton for every outlet, plus a master switch for all six together.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePer-outlet power monitoring\u003c\/strong\u003e — spot a device drawing more or less than usual before it fails.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFeed mode and night mode\u003c\/strong\u003e — pause pumps and skimmers, or step lighting down, on a schedule or with one tap.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDirect temperature probe input\u003c\/strong\u003e — heater backup and failure alerts independent of your main controller.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrounding probe port\u003c\/strong\u003e — dedicated socket for the Red Sea ReefControl Grounding Probe, sold separately.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOutlets\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6, individually controllable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTotal power rating (AU 240V model)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2,400W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e41 x 8.5 x 7.7 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eManual control panel\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBacklit pushbutton per outlet, plus master switch\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eConnectivity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWi-Fi via ReefBeat app\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGrounding probe port\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes, probe sold separately\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eApp\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReefBeat\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat's included\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReefControl Power 6 Deluxe unit with 6 mains outlets\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManual control panel with backlit pushbuttons and master switch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWi-Fi connectivity for ReefBeat app control\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTemperature probe input\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGrounding probe port (probe sold separately)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich ReefControl Power do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReefControl Power 6\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReefControl Power 6 Deluxe\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOutlets\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTotal power (AU)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2,400W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2,400W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eApp control\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eManual control panel\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes — backlit on\/off pushbutton per outlet, plus a master switch\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Deluxe costs more for the same switching capacity and the same 2,400W rating — the difference is entirely the physical control panel. If your Wi-Fi is reliable and you're happy running everything from ReefBeat, the standard Power 6 does the same job for less.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSuitable for anyone who wants app control day to day but also wants a physical switch on hand — during a Wi-Fi outage, for a quick manual override, or simply because a visible switch is reassuring on equipment that's keeping livestock alive. Not worth the premium if you're comfortable relying on the app alone; the standard Power 6 is functionally identical otherwise.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSafety\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eRun on an RCD-protected circuit. Keep drip loops on every cable entering or leaving the unit, and mount it above likely water level. Total load across all six outlets should stay within the 2,400W AU rating regardless of whether you're switching via the app or the panel.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReefControl Lite\u003c\/strong\u003e — adds probe monitoring alongside the Power unit's switching.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReefControl Grounding Probe\u003c\/strong\u003e — plugs into the dedicated port to reduce stray voltage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReefControl Power 6\u003c\/strong\u003e — the same unit without the manual panel, if app-only control is enough.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eCovered by Red Sea's manufacturer warranty, in addition to your consumer guarantee rights under Australian Consumer Law. Standard parcel delivery.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhat does the Deluxe add over the standard Power 6?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eA manual control panel — backlit on\/off pushbuttons for each of the six outlets and a master switch — on top of the same 2,400W AU rating and ReefBeat app control.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan I still use the app if I have the manual panel?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, both work together. The panel gives you a physical override; scheduling, monitoring and automation still run through ReefBeat.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDoes the manual panel work without Wi-Fi?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes — the physical pushbuttons switch outlets locally and don't depend on a Wi-Fi connection, unlike scheduling and remote control through the app.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDo I need the grounding probe with this unit?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, it's optional, and connects via a dedicated port on the unit whether you have the standard or Deluxe version.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"RedSea","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55242228269347,"sku":"BA9021","price":695.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/reefcontrol-power-6-deluxe-43138106687779.webp?v=1790230923"},{"product_id":"auto-aqua-dc-solenoid-valve","title":"Auto Aqua DC Solenoid Valve","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFeeds top-off water straight from the RO line, with no refill pump to fail.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe AutoAqua DC Solenoid Valve (SV-12V) replaces the submersible refill pump on an AutoAqua top-off or water-change controller. When the controller calls for water, the valve opens and pressurised RO water flows directly into the tank or sump. It runs on 6 W at 12 V DC taken from the controller's pump socket, joins the line with quarter-inch push-fit RO tubing, and operates on any supply between 0.02 and 0.7 MPa. It suits reef and freshwater keepers who already make their own RO water and want the top-off reservoir out of the cabinet entirely.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRuns off the controller's pump socket\u003c\/strong\u003e — 6 W at 12 V DC through a 5.5 x 2.5 mm plug, so there is no second power supply competing for an outlet.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDirect feed instead of a reservoir\u003c\/strong\u003e — water comes from the pressurised RO line, so there is no drum to refill and no submerged pump sitting in it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eQuarter-inch push-connect\u003c\/strong\u003e — the same tubing standard as every RO\/DI unit, so it drops into an existing line.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWide operating window\u003c\/strong\u003e — 0.02 to 0.7 MPa covers household mains pressure and a gravity-fed drum mounted high enough.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e120 cm valve lead\u003c\/strong\u003e — reaches from a controller in the cabinet to a line entering at the back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNothing in the water\u003c\/strong\u003e — no impeller to scale up, block or wear out.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePower\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6 W at 12 V DC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePower source\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHost AutoAqua controller's pump socket — no separate adaptor supplied\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDC connector\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5.5 x 2.5 mm male\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValve cable length\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e120 cm (4 ft)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWorking pressure\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.02 to 0.7 MPa (0.2 to 7 bar)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWater connection\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eQuarter-inch push-connect RO tubing\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWater carried\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFiltered RO or RO\/DI water only\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFits\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAutoAqua top-off and water-change systems that use a submersible refill pump\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eManufacturer part number\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSV-12V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFeed pressure — will it open on my line?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA solenoid valve does not pull water. It only lets through what is already pushing on it, which makes feed pressure the specification that decides whether it works in your setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSupply arrangement\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePressure at the valve\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eResult\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMains-pressure RO line\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWithin 0.02 to 0.7 MPa\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOpens and flows normally\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGravity feed, reservoir at least 200 cm above the valve\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 0.02 MPa\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThe minimum head AutoAqua specifies for a gravity feed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGravity feed, reservoir less than 200 cm above the valve\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBelow 0.02 MPa\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBelow the stated minimum — the valve may not open reliably\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHigh-pressure line\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbove 0.7 MPa\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbove the stated maximum — fit a pressure regulator upstream\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFitting it safely\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAutoAqua is explicit on two points, and both are worth reading before you cut any tubing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eA mechanical float valve is mandatory.\u003c\/strong\u003e Where this solenoid is used with a top-off or water-change system, AutoAqua requires a mechanical float valve fitted as a fail-safe. Electronics that fail closed are harmless; electronics that fail open put the contents of your RO line on the floor.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFiltered water only.\u003c\/strong\u003e AutoAqua restricts the valve to filtered water. Raw tap water and saltwater will clog it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDC solenoid valve with a 120 cm lead and 5.5 x 2.5 mm DC plug\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eNot included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA 12 V power supply — the valve is powered by the AutoAqua controller it plugs into\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe top-off or water-change controller itself\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eQuarter-inch RO tubing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA mechanical float valve, which AutoAqua requires as a fail-safe\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAutoAqua top-off and water-change systems that currently use a submersible refill pump\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFreshwater and marine tanks fed from an RO or RO\/DI unit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSetups where you would rather not keep a top-off reservoir in the cabinet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUnfiltered tap water or saltwater — AutoAqua restricts it to filtered water\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLines below 0.02 MPa, including a gravity feed with less than 200 cm of height above the valve\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLines above 0.7 MPa without a pressure regulator\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStandalone use — it needs a 12 V DC source and a controller to switch it\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCare and maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep the valve body dry and out of splash range. If flow drops away, check feed pressure at the valve before assuming the solenoid has failed — pressure is the more common cause. Check that the fail-safe float valve still seats freely each time you service the RO unit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/autoaqua-smart-ato-duo\"\u003eAutoAqua Smart ATO Duo\u003c\/a\u003e — a top-off controller this valve can replace the refill pump on\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/autoaqua-smart-ato-ro-auto-top-for-ro-system\"\u003eAutoAqua Smart ATO RO\u003c\/a\u003e — the RO-fed top-off unit in the same range\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-max-e-s-reefer-ato-float-valve\"\u003eRed Sea ATO float valve\u003c\/a\u003e — a mechanical float valve for the fail-safe AutoAqua requires\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/auto-aqua-digital-inline-tds-titanium-s1\"\u003eAutoAqua Digital Inline TDS Titanium S1\u003c\/a\u003e — confirms the water going through the valve is still clean\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/reef-pure-4-stage-eddentials\"\u003eReef Pure 4 Stage Essentials+\u003c\/a\u003e — an RO\/DI unit to supply the line\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/autoaqua\"\u003eThe full AutoAqua range\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShips as a standard parcel. Any manufacturer's warranty offered on this valve applies in addition to the consumer guarantees you have under Australian Consumer Law, which cannot be excluded.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDoes the AutoAqua DC Solenoid Valve need its own power supply?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The AutoAqua DC Solenoid Valve draws 6 W at 12 V DC through a 5.5 x 2.5 mm plug, which connects to the pump socket on the AutoAqua controller running it. No separate adaptor is supplied or required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eCan I run tap water or saltwater through it?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. AutoAqua specifies filtered water only for this valve. Raw tap water and saltwater will clog it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDo I still need a mechanical float valve?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. AutoAqua requires a mechanical float valve as a fail-safe whenever this solenoid is used with a top-off or water-change system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHow much pressure does the valve need to open?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBetween 0.02 and 0.7 MPa. If you are feeding by gravity rather than mains pressure, AutoAqua specifies at least 200 cm of height between the reservoir and the valve.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhich AutoAqua units does it fit?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAutoAqua lists it as compatible with its top-off and water-change systems that use a submersible refill pump, where it takes the place of that pump.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"AutoAqua","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55242230432035,"sku":"BA8859","price":59.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/auto-aqua-dc-solenoid-valve-43508248248611.webp?v=1790234084"},{"product_id":"auto-aqua-smart-smart-level-security","title":"AutoAqua Smart Level Security","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCuts the power to one piece of equipment when the water goes where it should not.\u003c\/strong\u003e The AutoAqua Smart Level Security (model SLS-120, EU\/UK\/AU version) is a water level alarm with its own switched power point, called the Smart AC Switch. An optical sensor (it detects water using light rather than a float) mounts magnetically on the tank or sump. When it is triggered, the unit shuts off the equipment plugged into the AC Switch and sounds an audible and visual alarm straight away.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHigh level or low level\u003c\/strong\u003e: mount the sensor above the water line to catch an overflow, or below it to catch a falling level. There is nothing to set.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShuts off and alarms together\u003c\/strong\u003e, so the fault stops instead of only making a noise.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMagnetic mount\u003c\/strong\u003e that works on clear, tinted or painted surfaces up to 12.7 mm thick.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAuto time delay\u003c\/strong\u003e to avoid false alarms after a power outage. AutoAqua's manual gives a 2 minute power on delay and a 2 minute detection delay.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlug and play\u003c\/strong\u003e: mount the sensor, plug your equipment into the AC Switch, then plug the AC Switch in.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eModel: SLS-120, EU\/UK\/AU version\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePower input and output: 100 to 240 V AC, 10 A\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaximum load: 2200 W at 220 V AC\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaximum mounting thickness: 12.7 mm (1\/2 inch)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSensor cable length: 300 cm (10 feet)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAlarm: flashing red light with an audible alarm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncluded: Smart Level Security unit, world plug type adapter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSuitable as an independent flood cut-off for an auto top-off (a unit that tops up evaporated water), or as a low level cut-off to stop a return pump running dry when a sump level falls. Not suitable for loads over 10 A or 2200 W, for panels thicker than 12.7 mm, or for sensor positions with microbubbles or direct light on the sensor, which AutoAqua says to avoid. It protects one device at a time and is not a replacement for an RCD (safety switch).\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCare\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eWhen the alarm goes off, unplug the AC Switch first, then find and fix the cause before plugging it back in. Test the sensor from time to time by moving it into or out of the water by hand and checking the equipment switches off.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSafety\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eKeep the AC Switch dry and above splash height, use a drip loop (a downward loop in each cord so water runs off before the plug) and run the aquarium circuit through an RCD.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eAutoAqua's SLS-120 manual gives a two year warranty from the purchase date, under proper installation and normal use, with proof of purchase, in addition to your rights under Australian Consumer Law. Ships by standard parcel post.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"AutoAqua","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55242234102051,"sku":"BA7916","price":109.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/auto-aqua-smart-smart-level-43106844606755.webp?v=1790230925"},{"product_id":"auto-aqua-smart-temp-security","title":"Auto Aqua Smart Temp Security","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCuts power to a stuck heater before it cooks the tank.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe AutoAqua Smart Temp Security is an independent temperature cut-off that sits between the wall and your heater or chiller. A magnet-mounted probe watches the water, and if the temperature leaves a fixed window of 22.2 to 28.8 °C the unit disconnects its outlet and alarms. It is rated to 10 A, needs no programming, and has an automatic delay so a brief interruption does not trip it. The window is not adjustable, and that single fact decides whether it suits your tank.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat it does, and what it does not do\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis is a safety device, not a temperature controller. There is no set point to choose and it will not hold your tank at a temperature.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt watches for the two failures that empty a tank overnight: a heater whose thermostat has welded closed, and a heater or chiller that has stopped working. When the water leaves the safe window, it removes power from whatever is plugged into it and sounds an alarm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYour heater keeps its own thermostat and still does the controlling. The Smart Temp Security only intervenes once that thermostat has already failed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFixed 22.2 to 28.8 °C window\u003c\/strong\u003e — ±0.5 °C, with nothing to programme and nothing to mis-set at 11pm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e10 A outlet\u003c\/strong\u003e — AutoAqua publishes 2200 W at 220 V AC, well above the draw of an aquarium heater.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAudible alarm\u003c\/strong\u003e — you learn the cut-off has fired from the unit, not from the livestock.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAutomatic time delay\u003c\/strong\u003e — rides out brief interruptions instead of nuisance-tripping after a blackout.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMagnetic probe\u003c\/strong\u003e — sticks on and repositions in seconds, no drilling and no suction cup to perish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e300 cm sensor cable\u003c\/strong\u003e — reaches from a unit mounted clear of the water up to the display tank.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFunction\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTemperature safety cut-off (not a controller)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCut-off window\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e22.2 to 28.8 °C (72 to 84 °F), fixed and not adjustable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSensing tolerance\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e±0.5 °C\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSupply\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100 to 240 V AC, 50\/60 Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOutlet rating\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaximum switched load\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1100 W at 110 V AC; 2200 W at 220 V AC (AutoAqua published figures)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSensor\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMagnetic temperature probe\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaximum sensor mounting thickness\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12.7 mm (half an inch)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSensor cable length\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e300 cm (10 ft)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProgramming\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNone — plug and play\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eThe cut-off window\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWater temperature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat the unit does\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBelow 22.2 °C (72 °F)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDisconnects the outlet and alarms\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e22.2 to 28.8 °C (72 to 84 °F)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOutlet stays live; the heater or chiller runs on its own thermostat\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbove 28.8 °C (84 °F)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDisconnects the outlet and alarms\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThose limits are fixed. Check them against the temperature you actually keep before you buy, not after.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit my tank?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTwo measurements decide it, and both are easy to check with a ruler.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMounting thickness\u003c\/strong\u003e — the probe magnet holds through material up to 12.7 mm. Glass, acrylic or cabinet panel thicker than that at the mounting point is outside the rating.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCable reach\u003c\/strong\u003e — 300 cm between the probe and the unit, which needs to sit above splash height with access to a wall outlet.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTropical freshwater and marine tanks run inside 22.2 to 28.8 °C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBacking up the heater on a reef or planted display\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnyone who has lost stock to a stuck heater, or would rather not find out\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eColdwater tanks run below 22.2 °C — axolotls, cool-kept goldfish, temperate natives. The unit reads their normal running temperature as a fault and cuts the outlet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTanks deliberately held above 28.8 °C, such as some discus and treatment setups\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLoads drawing more than 10 A\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGlass, acrylic or cabinet material thicker than 12.7 mm at the probe position\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse as your only thermostat — it is a cut-off, not a controller\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSmart Temp Security unit with switched mains outlet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMagnetic temperature probe on a 300 cm cable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUniversal plug-type power adaptor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eNot included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeater\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChiller\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAquarium thermometer for day-to-day reading\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSafety and Australian electrical notes\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe unit is rated 100 to 240 V AC at 50\/60 Hz, which covers Australian 240 V \/ 50 Hz mains. Confirm the plug configuration supplied with your unit before installation, and have any adaptation done by a licensed electrician rather than improvised.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMount the unit above splash height and clear of the sump. Test the cut-off before you rely on it by lifting the probe into water outside the window and confirming the outlet drops and the alarm sounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCare and maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWipe the probe when you clean the glass, since a film of algae or salt creep slows its response. Re-test the cut-off after any tank move or rescape, and check the probe magnet has not crept down the panel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/bioscape-pro-electronic-heater\"\u003eBioscape PRO Electronic Heater\u003c\/a\u003e — the kind of heater this device is there to back up\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/teco-tk150-chiller\"\u003eTeco TK150 Chiller\u003c\/a\u003e — protected the same way at the top of the window\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/auto-aqua-smart-smart-level-security\"\u003eAutoAqua Smart Level Security\u003c\/a\u003e — the same idea applied to water level\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/autoaqua-smart-skimmer-securty-system\"\u003eAutoAqua Smart Skimmer Security System\u003c\/a\u003e — the same idea applied to skimmer overflow\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/fluval-digital-aquarium-thermometer\"\u003eFluval Digital Aquarium Thermometer\u003c\/a\u003e — for the everyday reading this device does not display\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/autoaqua\"\u003eThe full AutoAqua range\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShips as a standard parcel. Any manufacturer's warranty offered on this unit applies in addition to the consumer guarantees you have under Australian Consumer Law, which cannot be excluded.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eCan I change the temperature the Smart Temp Security cuts out at?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The AutoAqua Smart Temp Security uses a fixed window of 22.2 to 28.8 °C with ±0.5 °C tolerance. There is no adjustable set point.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDoes it replace my heater's thermostat?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. It is a cut-off that sits upstream of the heater. The heater keeps controlling temperature; the Smart Temp Security only removes power once the water has already left the safe window.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWill it work on an axolotl or coldwater tank?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. A tank run below 22.2 °C sits outside the fixed window, so the unit treats a perfectly normal running temperature as a fault and disconnects the outlet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHow much can I plug into it?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe outlet is rated 10 A. AutoAqua publishes a maximum switched load of 2200 W at 220 V AC and 1100 W at 110 V AC.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHow thick can the glass be where the probe mounts?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUp to 12.7 mm. The probe mounts magnetically and the cable between probe and unit is 300 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDoes it need any setup or programming?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. It is plug and play, with an automatic time delay so a brief power interruption does not trip it unnecessarily.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"AutoAqua","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55242234134819,"sku":"BA7917","price":109.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/auto-aqua-smart-temp-securit-43106844639523.webp?v=1790230925"},{"product_id":"fluval-marine-led-light-4-0","title":"Fluval Marine LED Light 4.0","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFull-spectrum reef lighting scaled to four tank sizes.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Fluval Marine LED Light 4.0 is a Bluetooth app-controlled LED fixture for marine and reef aquariums, sold in four wattages from 20W up to 59W to suit everything from nano\/desktop tanks up to 145cm aquariums. Each size runs a full-spectrum blend with actinic wavelengths for coral colour and carries an IP67 waterproof rating, suiting reef keepers who want programmable sunrise-to-night lighting cycles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBluetooth app control via the FluvalSmart App, with programmable 24-hour cycles for sunrise, midday, sunset and night\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFull-spectrum LEDs with actinic wavelengths from 400nm to 480nm for coral fluorescence and colour\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e25000K colour temperature on the 32W, 46W and 59W sizes; the 20W Nano blends 15000K white diodes with pink and UV-actinic wavelengths across the same 400-480nm range\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIP67 waterproof rating on the fixture\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOnboard touch controls for on\/off, blue-only and dimming, independent of the app\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSize\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWattage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTank coverage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLight output\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20W (Nano)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNano\/desktop tanks, 12.7 x 12.7cm footprint\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e850 lm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBA8299\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e32W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e32W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e61-85cm tank length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,350 lm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBA8298\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e46W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e46W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e91-122cm tank length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,950 lm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBA8264\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e59W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e59W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e115-145cm tank length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2,550 lm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAA2867\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich size do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMatch the size to your tank length first, then check the PAR table below if you are keeping light-hungry corals near the surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSize\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBest for\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePAR at 30cm depth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20W (Nano)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNano and desktop tanks with a footprint around 12.7 x 12.7cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e75 µmol\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e32W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTanks 61-85cm long\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90 µmol\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e46W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTanks 91-122cm long (a standard 4-foot tank)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e94 µmol\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e59W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTanks 115-145cm long\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e102 µmol\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePerformance and PAR at depth\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFluval publishes centre-axis PAR (photosynthetically active radiation) readings for this range at set distances below the fixture, not at fixed 15\/30\/45\/60cm steps; the figures below are Fluval's own published readings, converted to the nearest centimetre. Fluval does not publish off-axis or edge-of-tank PAR figures for this range, so treat the table as centre-of-tank guidance only, and note the 20W Nano has no published reading past 30cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDepth from light\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e20W Nano\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e32W\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e46W\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e59W\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e600 µmol\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e376 µmol\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e381 µmol\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e390 µmol\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e212 µmol\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e222 µmol\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e236 µmol\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e243 µmol\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e75 µmol\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90 µmol\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e94 µmol\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e102 µmol\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e46cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003enot published\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e47 µmol\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e55 µmol\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e63 µmol\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for \/ not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable for fish-only and reef aquariums stocked with low to moderate-light corals, such as soft corals, LPS and many zoanthids, at the PAR levels shown above, and for reef keepers who want app-based sunrise and sunset control. Not suitable as the sole light source for a high-light, SPS-dominant reef without checking the PAR at your intended coral placement depth against the table above, and not built for freshwater planted-tank spectrum needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eRunning costs and noise\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe fixture is fanless, so it runs silently; Fluval does not publish an operating decibel figure for this range, so none is claimed here. Based on the wattage figures above and an assumed 8-hour reef photoperiod, indicative running cost is as follows.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSize\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWattage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eApprox. annual energy at 8 hours\/day\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20W (Nano)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e58 kWh\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e32W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e32W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e93 kWh\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e46W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e46W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e134 kWh\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e59W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e59W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e172 kWh\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAustralian Consumer Law guarantees apply to this product regardless of any manufacturer warranty term, and we could not confirm an Australia-specific manufacturer warranty length for this exact model from Fluval's own sources, so none is stated here.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat app does the Marine LED 4.0 use?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt pairs by Bluetooth with the free FluvalSmart App for programmable sunrise, midday, sunset and night cycles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhich size suits a standard 4-foot tank?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 46W size covers 91-122cm tanks, which fits a standard 4-foot (120cm) aquarium.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eIs this light safe to use above saltwater?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the fixture carries an IP67 waterproof rating.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWill this run high-light SPS corals?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck the PAR at depth table above against your coral's placement depth before relying on it as the sole light source for high-light SPS.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHow is the light mounted?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 20W Nano uses a repositionable over-the-glass mount, while the 32W, 46W and 59W sizes use Fluval's adjustable mounting legs that sit above the tank without needing a cut sliding hood; Fluval does not publish an exact bracket adjustment range for this line.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDoes it have manual controls as well as the app?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, onboard touch controls handle on\/off, blue-only and dimming, and the FluvalSmart App adds the full 24-hour programmable cycle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Fluval","offers":[{"title":"20W (Nano)","offer_id":55335020265763,"sku":"BA8299","price":189.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"32W (61-85cm)","offer_id":55335020298531,"sku":"BA8298","price":329.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"46W (91-122cm)","offer_id":55335020331299,"sku":"BA8264","price":349.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"59W (115-145cm)","offer_id":55335020364067,"sku":"AA2867","price":485.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/fluval-marine-led-light-4-0-10268553806115-1-dq.webp?v=1790372841"},{"product_id":"autoaqua-smart-skimmer-securty-system","title":"AutoAqua Smart Skimmer Security System","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCuts power to the skimmer before the cup overflows your cabinet.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe AutoAqua Smart Skimmer Security is a standalone overflow cut-off for a protein skimmer. An optical sensor clamps to the collection cup on a magnet, and the moment skimmate reaches it the unit kills mains power to the skimmer and sounds an alarm. It handles up to 10 amps — around 2,200 W on Australian 240 V mains — so it will switch any skimmer pump you are likely to own.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat actually goes wrong, and what this stops\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA skimmer does not fail gradually. It runs correctly for weeks, then something shifts the bubble column — a dose of carbon, a water change, a feed, a slug of fresh top-off water — and the cup fills in under an hour.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThe cup overflows, not the tank.\u003c\/strong\u003e Skimmate runs down the body, out the cup lid, and into the cabinet or across the sump. On a sump in a cabinet, the first sign is usually the smell.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNothing upstream notices.\u003c\/strong\u003e An ATO, a controller running a dosing schedule and a return pump all keep working normally while this happens. The skimmer is the only thing misbehaving.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIt happens on the days you are not there.\u003c\/strong\u003e Skimmers go unstable after the changes you make and then leave alone — which is the weekend and the night before a trip.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThe cost is not the skimmate.\u003c\/strong\u003e It is a litre or two of nutrient-dense waste back into the display, and a cabinet floor that stays wet.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow it behaves\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe unit sits between the wall socket and the skimmer pump. There is nothing to program.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eEvent\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat the unit does\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSkimmate reaches the optical sensor on the cup\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCuts mains power to the skimmer, flashes red and sounds an audible alarm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYou empty and refit the cup\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAuto-recovery restores power without a manual reset\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMains power returns after an outage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA power-on delay holds the skimmer off before restarting it\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA transient splash or bubble touches the sensor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA detection delay holds the trip, so a momentary wetting does not shut the skimmer down\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe delays are the part that matters in practice. An overflow sensor with no delay logic trips on froth and gets unplugged within a fortnight, which leaves you with no protection at all.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAA2293\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBarcode\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4714041212273\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFunction\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProtein skimmer overflow cut-off with audible and visual alarm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSensor type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOptical, magnetically mounted to the collection cup\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMagnet size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20 mm diameter x 17 mm thick\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eInput and output\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100-240 V AC, 10 A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaximum switched load\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2,200 W at 220 V AC (1,100 W at 110 V AC)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSensor cable length\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 m (10 ft)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSetup\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlug-and-play, no programming, no controller required\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRecovery\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAutomatic once the cup is emptied\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWater type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarine\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit my skimmer?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFit is decided by the collection cup wall, not by the skimmer brand. The sensor is a two-part magnetic clamp: it grips through the cup wall, so the wall has to be thin enough for the magnets to hold.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCup wall thickness\u003c\/strong\u003e is the limiting figure. AutoAqua publishes a maximum mounting thickness for the skimmer sensor of 8 mm on the current model. Most acrylic skimmer cups sit well under that.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCable reach\u003c\/strong\u003e is 3 m from the sensor back to the switch unit, which covers a sump skimmer and a socket outside the cabinet on almost any setup.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLoad\u003c\/strong\u003e is a non-issue. At 10 A the unit will switch any aquarium skimmer pump, DC or AC, with a very large margin.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSet the sensor height deliberately.\u003c\/strong\u003e Mount it near the top of the cup, not at the neck. Too low and you lose most of the cup's useful volume to nuisance trips.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich AutoAqua Security unit do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe three Security units share the same switch body and the same delay logic. What differs is the sensor and the failure it watches for.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUnit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWatches\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTypical job\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSmart Skimmer Security — this page\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSkimmate level in the collection cup\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStops a skimmer overflowing into the cabinet or sump\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/auto-aqua-smart-smart-level-security\"\u003eAutoAqua Smart Level Security\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWater level in the tank or sump\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStops an overflow, or a pump running dry\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/auto-aqua-smart-temp-security\"\u003eAutoAqua Smart Temp Security\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWater temperature\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCuts a heater that has stuck on, or a chiller that has stuck off\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThey are independent devices, each with its own switched outlet. Running more than one is normal — they do not talk to each other and do not need a controller.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAny marine setup where the skimmer sits in a cabinet or a sump room\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA new skimmer during its break-in weeks, when overflows are most likely\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReefers who dose carbon, bacteria or amino acids and see the skimmer react\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnyone who travels and leaves the tank running unattended\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSkimmers without any built-in level control of their own\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eControlling skimmer output or tuning the foam head — it is a cut-off, not a regulator\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTank water level or ATO duty — use the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/auto-aqua-smart-smart-level-security\"\u003eSmart Level Security\u003c\/a\u003e or an \u003ca href=\"\/products\/autoaqua-smart-ato-duo\"\u003eAutoAqua Smart ATO Duo\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTemperature protection — use the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/auto-aqua-smart-temp-security\"\u003eSmart Temp Security\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCup walls thicker than the published mounting limit, where the magnet cannot grip reliably\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReplacing a drain line or a sump with enough freeboard — this is a second line of defence, not the first\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSafety\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eKeep the switch unit dry and above the water line.\u003c\/strong\u003e AutoAqua states this plainly in the manual. It is a mains switch, not a submersible device.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRun it on an RCD-protected circuit\u003c\/strong\u003e and use a drip loop on every cable, as with all mains equipment near an aquarium.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTest it before you rely on it.\u003c\/strong\u003e Lift the sensor into wet skimmate by hand and confirm the skimmer cuts and the alarm sounds. Do this when the unit is new and again after any cup change.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDo not exceed 10 A\u003c\/strong\u003e on the switched outlet, and do not daisy-chain a powerboard of equipment through it. It is intended to switch the skimmer alone.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClean the sensor face.\u003c\/strong\u003e Skimmate film on an optical sensor is the usual cause of a late trip.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCare and maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWipe the sensor and the inside of the cup wall whenever you empty the cup — an optical sensor reads through the film that builds up on both.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRe-test the trip after moving the sensor, changing skimmers, or swapping the collection cup.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck the magnet grip after cleaning. Salt creep under a magnet foot lets the sensor slide down the cup over time.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThere are no consumable parts and nothing to calibrate.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/auto-aqua-smart-temp-security\"\u003eAutoAqua Smart Temp Security\u003c\/a\u003e — covers the other overnight failure that empties a reef tank, a heater stuck on.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/auto-aqua-smart-smart-level-security\"\u003eAutoAqua Smart Level Security\u003c\/a\u003e — sump and display level protection, the natural pair with skimmer protection on a sumped system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/autoaqua-smart-ato-duo\"\u003eAutoAqua Smart ATO Duo\u003c\/a\u003e — dual-sensor auto top-off, so top-off water arrives at a steady rate rather than in the slugs that upset a skimmer.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-reefer-skimmer-300-psk600\"\u003eRed Sea Reefer Skimmer 300 PSK600\u003c\/a\u003e — an in-sump skimmer this unit is well matched to.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/aqua-medic-turboflotor-5000\"\u003eAqua Medic Turboflotor 5000\u003c\/a\u003e — a larger in-sump skimmer, comfortably inside the 10 A switching limit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAutoAqua does not publish a warranty term for the Smart Security range. Your rights under the Australian Consumer Law apply to this product and are not limited by any manufacturer's warranty.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe unit accepts 100-240 V AC, so it runs on Australian 230-240 V mains. Ships as a standard parcel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDoes the AutoAqua Smart Skimmer Security work with any brand of skimmer?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, provided two things are true. The collection cup wall must be within the published magnetic mounting thickness so the sensor can clamp to it, and the skimmer pump must draw under 10 amps, which every aquarium skimmer does. The unit switches mains power to the pump, so it is indifferent to the skimmer's brand, body design or whether the pump is AC or DC.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDo I have to reset it after the skimmer trips?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The unit has an auto-recovery function: once you empty the collection cup and the sensor is clear, power is restored to the skimmer without pressing anything. A power-on delay holds the skimmer off briefly before it restarts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWill it false-trip every time the foam surges?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is designed not to. AutoAqua builds a detection delay into the Smart Security range specifically so a momentary splash or a passing bubble does not shut equipment down, and a separate power-on delay so the skimmer does not restart into an unstable state straight after a blackout.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHow much power can it switch?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe unit is rated 100-240 V AC at 10 amps, which AutoAqua states as 2,200 W at 220 V AC and 1,100 W at 110 V AC. On Australian mains that is roughly 2,200 W — far more than any aquarium skimmer pump requires. It should still be used to switch the skimmer alone rather than a powerboard of equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHow long is the sensor cable?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThree metres, which AutoAqua also lists as 10 feet. That is enough to run from a skimmer cup in a sump, out of the cabinet, to a switch unit mounted dry near the power outlet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eIs this the same as an auto top-off controller?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. An ATO adds fresh water to replace evaporation. This unit only removes power from the skimmer when the collection cup fills. They protect against different failures and are commonly run together on the same system.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"AutoAqua","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55242245701923,"sku":"AA2293","price":119.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/autoaqua-smart-skimmer-secur-43106844836131.webp?v=1790231147"},{"product_id":"teco-tk150-chiller","title":"Teco TK150 Chiller","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKeeps a smaller tank from overheating through summer.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Teco TK150 is a compact aquarium chiller rated to 150 litres, using a titanium heat exchanger and R134a refrigerant to hold your set temperature as the room warms up.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTitanium heat exchanger\u003c\/strong\u003e — safe for freshwater and saltwater, resistant to corrosion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDigital thermostat\u003c\/strong\u003e — 5–35°C set-point range at 0.1°C resolution, with a 0.5°C differential.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompact footprint\u003c\/strong\u003e — sized for nano and small-to-mid tanks rather than full systems.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIn-line plumbing\u003c\/strong\u003e — runs off your existing return or a small dedicated pump.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRated tank volume\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 150L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCooling power draw\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e150W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRefrigerant\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eR134a\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDimensions (W x D x H)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e215 x 361 x 315mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApprox. 11.5kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMinimum flow rate\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400L\/h\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWater connection\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\/2in (12mm ID)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSupply\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230-240V, 50Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSet-point range\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5°C to 35°C, 0.1°C resolution\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePerformance — cooling capacity by ambient temperature\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTeco rates the TK150 against one published condition: water held at 25°C, room ambient at 30°C, with a heat load of about 0.5 watts per litre. Under that condition it holds its full 150L rating at temperature. Teco does not publish a broader curve of capacity across other ambient temperatures for this model — in a hotter room, or with a heavier lighting load than the 0.5 W\/L test condition, expect less than the full rated volume to be held at temperature.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIndependent bench testing (not a Teco figure) recorded a TK150 pulling a 250–270L planted tank from 29.8°C to 27.5°C in around three hours — a data point beyond its own 150L rating, and one that came with a return pump and LED lighting rather than a heavier heat load. It's useful context for what the unit can do stretched, but the manufacturer's own rating is 150L, and that's the figure to plan a purchase around.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e fresh and saltwater aquariums up to 150L with a standard lighting and pump load.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e running with no water flow through the unit — it needs at least 400L\/h through it to cool safely and effectively. Not the right size for anything meaningfully over 150L with a full lighting rig; step up to the TK500 range instead.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSafety\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMains-powered, 230-240V, 50Hz. Install on an RCD-protected circuit as with any aquarium electrical equipment. The refrigerant circuit is sealed and not user-serviceable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCare and maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep the intake and exhaust clear of dust and away from walls to maintain airflow across the heat exchanger — restricted airflow reduces cooling and increases running time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCovered by the manufacturer's warranty, in addition to your rights under Australian Consumer Law. Ships as a bench-top appliance at standard parcel rates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat does the 150L rating actually assume?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWater at 25°C in a 30°C room, with a heat load of about 0.5 watts per litre from lighting and pumps. A hotter room or heavier lighting will reduce how much volume it can hold at temperature.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eCan I run this on a bigger tank if I don't push it hard?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou can, but you're outside the manufacturer's rating and results will vary with your lighting, ambient temperature and flow. If your tank is meaningfully over 150L, the TK500 is the sized-for-purpose option.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDoes it need a dedicated pump?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt needs at least 400L\/h of flow through it — that can come from your existing return pump if it has the spare capacity, or a small dedicated pump.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eIs R134a an issue to use today?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo — R134a remains a normal refrigerant for this class of chiller. The sealed circuit means you never handle it directly during normal use.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Teco","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55242245734691,"sku":"AA2153","price":945.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/teco-tk150-chiller-43875862315299.webp?v=1790239540"},{"product_id":"red-sea-reef-led-pendant-150cm","title":"Red Sea Reef LED Pendant 150cm","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuspend your reef lights over an open-top tank instead of clipping them to the rim.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Red Sea ReefLED Pendant is a hanging bar kit for tanks up to around 150 cm (59 in) wide, letting ReefLED fixtures sit above the water on wires rather than on rim-mount brackets — the look most reefers want on an open-top display.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWire-suspension mounting\u003c\/strong\u003e — lifts ReefLED fixtures clear of the rim for an unobstructed, open-top view of the tank.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSized for tanks up to about 150 cm wide\u003c\/strong\u003e — Red Sea's equivalent kit in this size band is built to carry three ReefLED 90 or ReefLED 160S fixtures spaced along the bar.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBlack or white trim\u003c\/strong\u003e — it sits above the tank rather than inside the aquascape, so finish matters more than on an in-tank part.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat's included \/ not included\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncluded:\u003c\/strong\u003e pendant mounting bar and suspension hardware.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot included:\u003c\/strong\u003e the ReefLED light fixtures themselves, and the ReefLED adapter trays that clip each fixture to the bar — both sold separately.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit my tank?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis kit is built for tanks up to roughly 150 cm (59 in) wide. Red Sea sells this pendant style in width-specific bands rather than one universal size, so if your tank is close to that limit, confirm your exact tank width and the number of ReefLED fixtures you're running before ordering — we can check it against Red Sea's current range for you.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e open-top marine and reef tanks where you want fixtures suspended rather than rim-clamped.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e tanks with a canopy or hood, or rimless tanks where a clamp-on arm is a simpler fit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eCovered by Red Sea's manufacturer warranty against defects, in addition to your rights under Australian Consumer Law. Standard shipping across Australia.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDo I need anything else to use this?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes — your ReefLED fixtures and their adapter trays are separate purchases. The pendant bar and suspension wires are the mounting system only.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eHow many lights can I hang from it?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eRed Sea's equivalent kit in this width band is designed for three ReefLED 90 or 160S fixtures. Confirm your fixture count with us before ordering if you're planning something different.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan I use this with a rimless tank?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes — pendant mounting is the standard choice for open-top and rimless tanks where you don't want a clamp visible on the glass.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"RedSea","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55242245964067,"sku":"AA3337","price":475.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/red-sea-reef-led-pendant-150-43106819277091.webp?v=1790231145"},{"product_id":"fluval-digital-aquarium-thermometer","title":"Fluval Digital Aquarium Thermometer","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNo probes, no cables — just stick it on the glass and read both temperatures at once.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Fluval Digital Aquarium Thermometer is a 2-in-1 wireless unit that adheres to the outside of your tank below the waterline and reads water temperature through the glass, alongside the ambient room temperature, on a single LCD display.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt suits freshwater and saltwater aquariums and is accurate to within 1°C (2°F) of the true reading. Because there's no submersible probe or cable to route through the hood, it's a tidy option for anyone who doesn't want more hardware sitting inside the tank.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2-in-1 reading\u003c\/strong\u003e — shows water temperature (sensed through the glass) and ambient room temperature on the one display.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNo probe, no cable\u003c\/strong\u003e — adhesive-mounted to the outside of the aquarium glass, so nothing sits in the water.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLarge LCD display\u003c\/strong\u003e — switches between °C and °F.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAccurate to within 1°C (2°F)\u003c\/strong\u003e of actual temperature.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBattery powered\u003c\/strong\u003e — runs on a single LR44 cell, included.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpec\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFluval\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2-in-1 wireless digital aquarium thermometer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAccuracy\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWithin 1°C (2°F)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDisplay\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLCD, switchable °C\/°F\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMounting\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdhesive, exterior glass, below waterline\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 x LR44 battery (included)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWater suitability\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFreshwater and saltwater\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAA3193\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFluval hasn't published an exact temperature range, display resolution, unit dimensions or a specific warranty term for this model, so those fields are left off rather than guessed. Ask us if you need any of them confirmed before buying.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for freshwater and saltwater display tanks where a clean, external, wireless read-out is preferred over an in-tank probe.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNot the right choice if you specifically want a submersible probe thermometer that sits in the water — this unit reads through the glass from the outside instead. Fluval also sells a separate submersible digital thermometer if that's what you need.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCare and maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWipe the display and adhesive pad clean of any salt creep or algae film during routine tank maintenance so the reading stays accurate. Replace the LR44 battery when the display dims or drops out.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA Fluval aquarium heater, so the thermometer and heater's own thermostat can be cross-checked against each other.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCovered by your rights under Australian Consumer Law if it arrives faulty, damaged or not as described. Fluval hasn't published a specific extended warranty term for this model on the sources we could check — ask us if you'd like this confirmed before you buy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDoes this have a probe that goes in the water?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. It's a wireless 2-in-1 design — the whole unit sticks to the outside of the glass and reads the water temperature through it, so nothing sits in the tank.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eCan it read the room temperature as well as the tank?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes — that's what \"2-in-1\" refers to. It shows water temperature and ambient room temperature on the same display.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eIs it accurate enough to rely on?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFluval states an accuracy of within 1°C (2°F) of the true reading, which is a reasonable margin for day-to-day monitoring rather than precision dosing or breeding work.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWill it work on a saltwater tank?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, Fluval markets it for both freshwater and saltwater use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat battery does it use?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA single LR44 cell.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Fluval","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55242250027299,"sku":"AA3193","price":25.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/fluval-digital-aquarium-ther-43875409658147.webp?v=1790236364"},{"product_id":"juwel-digital-thermometer-3-0","title":"Juwel Digital Thermometer 3.0","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA clear read of your tank's actual temperature, from outside the hood.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Juwel Digital Thermometer 3.0 clips onto the aquarium cover flap and reads the water through a 100 cm wired sensor, so you get an accurate number without reaching into the tank or squinting at a stick-on strip.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWired sensor, not a strip\u003c\/strong\u003e — a 100 cm cable carries the probe into the water while the display sits on the outside of the cover flap.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLarge digital display\u003c\/strong\u003e — an easy-to-read screen, clearer at a glance than an analogue dial or adhesive strip thermometer.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExternal mounting\u003c\/strong\u003e — the display clips to the cover flap from outside, so there's nothing inside the tank to catch on nets or décor beyond the thin sensor cable.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBattery powered\u003c\/strong\u003e — runs on a single AA battery, no wiring into your power board.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFits any aquarium\u003c\/strong\u003e — not tied to a specific Juwel tank; the cable length and clip mount work on cabinets and hoods generally.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAA3413\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBarcode\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4022573857030\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDisplay\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDigital, external mount\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSensor cable length\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePower\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 x AA battery\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMounting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eClips to the cover flap, sensor sits in the water\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApprox. 7 x 3 x 8 cm (display unit)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable for freshwater and marine aquariums of any size, wherever there's a cover flap or hood lip to clip the display to. Not a replacement for a controller probe on a chiller or heating system that needs to switch equipment automatically — this unit only displays a reading, it doesn't control anything.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCovered by Juwel's 24-month manufacturer guarantee, in addition to your rights under Australian Consumer Law. Standard shipping applies.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDoes the sensor need to sit near the heater or the inlet?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo — for the most representative reading, place the sensor away from the heater and any filter outlet, where the water is well mixed with the rest of the tank.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWill the battery last long?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eJuwel doesn't publish a runtime figure for the 3.0. As a simple digital display running on one AA cell, expect it to run for many months of normal use before the battery needs replacing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eCan I use it on a marine tank?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the sensor and housing are safe for both freshwater and saltwater use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDoes it replace my heater's built-in thermostat display?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt's a good independent check on it. Many heater thermostats drift over time, and a separate thermometer catches that before it affects your fish.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Juwel","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55242254844195,"sku":"AA3413","price":59.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/juwel-digital-thermometer-3--10268561768739-1-dq.webp?v=1790372841"},{"product_id":"rms-xr30-tank-mounting-system","title":"Rms XR30 Tank Mounting System","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOne arm that clamps a single Radion XR30 firmly above the tank.\u003c\/strong\u003e The RMS XR30 Tank Mount is EcoTech's single-light bracket for the XR30: an anodised aluminium arm that clamps to a rimmed or rimless tank up to 35 mm (1-3\/8\") of glass or rim and holds the fixture roughly 180 mm (7\") above the mounting point. It's backwards compatible with every XR30 generation — G3, G4, G5 and G6 — so a light upgrade later doesn't mean buying a new mount.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAnodised aluminium arm\u003c\/strong\u003e — holds a single XR30 steady with no drift over time.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClamps up to 35 mm of glass or rim\u003c\/strong\u003e — suits rimmed and rimless tanks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBackwards compatible with every XR30 generation\u003c\/strong\u003e — G3 through G6.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompact clamp footprint\u003c\/strong\u003e — 89 x 83 x 76 mm, so it doesn't crowd a narrow rim.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e330 mm (13\") clearance needed above the mount\u003c\/strong\u003e — worth checking against canopy or hood height before ordering.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFits\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRadion XR30 — all generations (G3–G6)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAnodised aluminium\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRim\/glass thickness\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 35 mm (1-3\/8\")\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eClamp dimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e89 x 83 x 76 mm (3.5\" x 3.25\" x 3\")\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFixture height above mount point\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e~180 mm (7\")\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eClearance required above mount\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e330 mm (13\")\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLights supported\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne XR30\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit my tank?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, on rimmed, rimless or eurobraced glass up to 35 mm thick. Measure the actual rim or glass edge where the clamp will sit, not the tank's overall footprint, before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e a single Radion XR30 on one tank, on glass or rim up to 35 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e Radion XR15 fixtures — use the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/rms-xr15-tank-mounting-system\"\u003eRMS XR15 tank mount\u003c\/a\u003e instead — or two or more lights on one tank, which need the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/rms-multi-arm-radion-mounting-system\"\u003eMulti-Arm RMS kit\u003c\/a\u003e and a track.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat's in the box\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOne RMS single-arm mount, sized for the XR30\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClamp hardware for glass or rim up to 35 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/radion-xr30-blue-led\"\u003eRadion XR30 BLUE LED\u003c\/a\u003e — the fixture this mount is built for.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/radion-xr30-pro-led\"\u003eRadion XR30 PRO LED\u003c\/a\u003e — EcoTech's higher-output XR30.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/rms-multi-arm-radion-mounting-system\"\u003eRMS Multi-Arm Mounting Kit\u003c\/a\u003e — for running a second light on the same tank later.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eCovered by EcoTech Marine's 1-year limited warranty from date of purchase, in addition to your rights under Australian Consumer Law. Register within 30 days of purchase to activate cover. Ships as a standard parcel.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWill this fit a rimless tank?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. It clamps rimmed, rimless and eurobraced tanks up to 35 mm of glass or rim.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDoes it fit older XR30 generations?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, EcoTech states it's backwards compatible with every XR30 generation, G3 through G6.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eHow much clearance do I need above the tank?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eAllow 330 mm (13\") above the mounting point for the arm and bracket.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan I mount two XR30s with this?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, this is a single-light mount. For two or more lights on one tank, you'll need the Multi-Arm RMS kit and a track.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"EcoTech Marine","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55242257695011,"sku":"AA1694","price":99.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/rms-xr30-tank-mounting-syste-43876718903587.webp?v=1790239539"},{"product_id":"radion-xr15-blue-led","title":"Radion XR15 G5 Blue LED","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA compact, blue-heavy reef light from EcoTech's fifth Radion generation.\u003c\/strong\u003e This is the EcoTech Marine Radion XR15 G5 Blue, an 18 cm square LED light for reef aquariums. Its 52 LEDs are weighted towards royal blue and blue, with violet, UV, cyan and small amounts of white, red and lime, across 10 colour channels. It uses HEI optics (Hemispherical Edge Illumination, EcoTech's lens design for even spread and colour mixing) and is programmed through EcoTech's Mobius app.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBlue-weighted spectrum\u003c\/strong\u003e for a blue reef look, with every colour channel adjustable in the app.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHEI optics\u003c\/strong\u003e for smoother colour mixing and a more even spread of light.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMobius app control\u003c\/strong\u003e (iOS and Android) over the light's built-in Bluetooth, with no separate controller needed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMoonlight LEDs\u003c\/strong\u003e (two lunar LEDs) for a dim night-time light.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eModel: Radion XR15 G5 Blue\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePower: 100 W\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInput: 100 to 240 V AC, 50\/60 Hz\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSize: 18 x 18 x 3.9 cm (7 x 7 x 1.5 inch)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: about 1.6 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLEDs (52): 20 royal blue, 12 blue, 5 cyan, 3 violet, 3 cool white, 2 UV 405 nm, 2 UV 415 nm, 2 lime, 1 photo red, 2 lunar\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable for reef aquariums about 61 to 76 cm (24 to 30 inch) wide and deep per light, where a blue look is wanted. Longer tanks need more than one light. Not the choice if you want a broader spectrum; EcoTech's XR15 Pro (listed separately) is the broader option.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSafety\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMount the light securely above the water so it cannot fall in, keep it and the power supply clear of salt spray, and plug in to an RCD (safety switch) protected outlet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCovered by EcoTech Marine's one year limited warranty against defects in materials and workmanship, provided the light is registered with EcoTech within 30 days of purchase, in addition to your rights under Australian Consumer Law. Ships by standard parcel post.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"EcoTech Marine","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55242257727779,"sku":"AA1692","price":685.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/radion-xr15-blue-led-43876718936355.webp?v=1790239536"},{"product_id":"radion-xr15-pro-led","title":"Radion XR15 G5 PRO LED","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA compact reef light from EcoTech's fifth Radion generation, with the broader Pro spectrum.\u003c\/strong\u003e This is the EcoTech Marine Radion XR15 G5 Pro, an 18 cm square LED light for reef aquariums. Its 52 LEDs cover 10 colour channels, with cool white, warm white and green alongside royal blue, blue, violet and UV, which EcoTech describes as its comprehensive spectrum. It uses HEI optics (Hemispherical Edge Illumination, EcoTech's lens design for even spread and colour mixing) and is programmed through EcoTech's Mobius app.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePro spectrum\u003c\/strong\u003e with every colour channel adjustable in the app.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHEI optics\u003c\/strong\u003e for smoother colour mixing and less shadowing in the tank.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMobius app control\u003c\/strong\u003e (EcoTech's app for iOS and Android) with no separate controller needed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eQuiet active cooling\u003c\/strong\u003e: a heat sink with multiple channels for unrestricted airflow.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMoonlight LEDs\u003c\/strong\u003e (two lunar LEDs) for a dim night-time light.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eModel: Radion XR15 G5 Pro\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePower: 105 W\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInput: 100 to 240 V AC, 50\/60 Hz, 1.3 A peak inrush (the brief surge when switched on)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSize: 18 x 18 x 3.9 cm (7 x 7 x 1.5 inch)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: about 1.6 kg (3.5 lb)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLEDs (52): 16 royal blue, 8 blue, 12 cool white, 3 warm white, 2 violet, 2 UV 405 nm, 2 UV 415 nm, 3 green, 2 photo red, 2 lunar\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMounting height: EcoTech suggests about 18 cm (7 inch) above the edge of the tank\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable for reef aquariums about 61 to 76 cm (24 to 30 inch) wide and deep per light. Longer tanks need more than one light. If you want a bluer look, the XR15 G5 Blue (listed separately) is the blue-weighted option.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSafety\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMount the light securely above the water so it cannot fall in, keep it and the power supply clear of salt spray, and plug in to an RCD (safety switch) protected outlet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCovered by EcoTech Marine's one year limited warranty against defects in materials and workmanship, provided the light is registered with EcoTech within 30 days of purchase, in addition to your rights under Australian Consumer Law. Ships by standard parcel post.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"EcoTech Marine","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55242265624867,"sku":"AA0831","price":684.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/radion-xr15-pro-led-43876719165731.webp?v=1790239780"}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/collections\/AC18c_444c19ef-f1c7-40e6-b3f6-bed78cc67db5.jpg?v=1788252729","url":"https:\/\/nicksaquariumoceanariumterrarium.com.au\/collections\/lighting-control.oembed","provider":"Nicks AOT","version":"1.0","type":"link"}